Slim Spurling - Slims Universe(2004)

7/15/2019 Slim Spurling - Slims Universe(2004)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/slim-spurling-slims-universe2004 1/224





Slim Spurling’s Universe The Light-Life™ Technology: Ancient Science Rediscovered to

Restore the Health of the Environment and MankindBy Cal Garrison

Copyright © 2004 by IX-EL Publishing LLC

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, pho-tocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission of the author, ex-cept in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical articles or reviews.

Light-Life™ is a trademark of Slim Spurling.

The stated properties of the Light-Life™ Tools are founded in years of direct observation and close study. These products were developed by a team of re-search scientists and psychics for experimental research and educational purpos-es only. The information in this book is an attempt to inform the reader on thefunction and use of this technology. It is in no way meant to be taken as a state-ment of fact, but rather the opinion of the author and of Mr. Spurling himself that the Light-Life™ Tools work as so described. Neither the publisher, nor theauthor, nor Mr. Spurling accepts any responsibility for how the reader choosesto apply this information or for the results that they obtain when they do. At-tempts to reproduce or duplicate these devices relying on appearance alone, with-out understanding the quantum physics behind them may result in harmful ef-fects in short or long-term use. The healing techniques and methods described

herein are based on fifteen years of practical application and experience. They are meant to supplement, not to be a substitute for, professional medical care ortreatment. They should not be used to treat any serious ailment without priorconsultation with a qualified healthcare professional or certified therapist.

E-book September 2004First printing Autumn 2004

Editing by Jane WeaverCover design and photographs by Gregg Lauer www.creatf.com

Layout by John David Mann www.johndavidmann.com

Printed in the United States of America

Library of Congress Control Number: 2004113870ISBN 0-9760338-0-1

IX-EL Publishing LLCPO Box 127, Frederick CO 80530

www.ixelpublishing.com

http://www.creatf.com/

http://www.johndavidmann.com/

http://www.ixelpublishing.com/


http://www.johndavidmann.com/

http://www.creatf.com/



Slim Spurling is, to me, the true “Lord of the Rings.” His under-

standing of ring technology is unparalleled. In this book you will

discover more about life and the physical world we live in than in

any university program. It’s worth your time! Slim will change your

view of your world and what is possible.—Drunvalo Melchizedek



FOREWORD BY SLIM SPURLING .................................................9

INTRODUCTION .............................................................................11

R i n g O n e BIOGRAPHY ..................................................... 15

R i n g Tw o EARLY DISCOVERIES .................................... 49Early Discoveries Relating to the Caduceus Coil .............................50Hodgkin’s Disease ..............................................................................50

The “Ammonia Event”....................................................................... 51Positive and Negative Effects............................................................. 53Heart Trouble, A Pinched Nerve, and A Spinal Realignment .......... 55Stormy Weather ................................................................................. 56

Bob Dratch .........................................................................................57 John Davis—Long Form ....................................................................57 Two Pieces of Wire ............................................................................ 59 The Tensor ......................................................................................... 60Hans Becker ........................................................................................61Boyd Bushman ....................................................................................62Biofeedback .........................................................................................63Ultraviolet ........................................................................................... 64

Coyote . . . Optics . . . Shoemaker-Levy Comet . . .Deep-Space Telescopes .................................................................. 65Phillip Callahan, Pete Jackson, and Paramagnetism ......................... 68

The Resurrected Shamrock ...............................................................69



R i n g T h r e e DOWSING ................................................... 71Slim on Dowsing and Geopathic Stress ............................................74

The Clearing Technique ....................................................................78

More on the Clearing Technique ....................................................... 80Dowsing Stories ..................................................................................82Denver 1985 ....................................................................................... 82Neighbors and the Spooks That Come With Them ........................84Same Client, Different Problem ........................................................87Dowsing for Dollars ........................................................................... 88Corporate Express ..............................................................................89

Another Business Story ...................................................................... 91

Small-Town Politics ........................................................................... 92Cancer, Epilepsy, and a Dysfunctional Willow Tree ........................94Geopathic Stress in the Intensive Care Unit ..................................... 95

R i n g F o u r THE LIGHT-LIFE™ TOOLS ....................... 99 The Rings ......................................................................................... 101Slim on the Rings .............................................................................102Superconductivity .............................................................................110

Some Helpful, Down-to-Earth Information on the Rings............. 111 The “Lost Cubit” ............................................................................. 116Slim on the Lost Cubit ..................................................................... 117

The Significance of the Number Thirty-Three ............................. 119Suggestions for Working With the Lost Cubit ............................... 122

The Plain Jane vs. the Beaded Gold and Silver Rings .................... 123Slim on the Acu-Vac Coil ................................................................. 125

More About the Coils ....................................................................... 129Some Practical Information on the Coils ........................................ 130Slim on the Feedback Loop ............................................................. 132

Applications of the Feedback Loop ................................................. 134 The Nose Mask ................................................................................ 136 The Acupressure Tool ...................................................................... 139 The Harmonizers ............................................................................. 140Slim With Some Background on the Harmonizers ........................ 140

The Denver Air Pollution Experiment—The Whole Story .......... 146Cairo .................................................................................................152

Reflections on the Denver Experiment ........................................... 153 More Reflections on Denver ............................................................ 155Onward and Upward—Coming Out of the Closet ......................... 156Grassroots ......................................................................................... 157



The Downstream Effects ................................................................. 157 The Psychological Effects of Air Pollution ..................................... 159 More Data on the Effects of the Harmonizers:

The McCurry Farm ..................................................................... 160“Grassroots,” Grass Seed, and Grass ...............................................162Harmonizers in New Zealand ..........................................................164Chesapeake Bay ................................................................................ 165Positive Side Effects .........................................................................167Different Types of Harmonizers ...................................................... 168

When the Tools “Don’t Work” ........................................................ 170

R i n g F i v e PHYSICS AND METAPHYSICS ................. 175First Near-Death Experience ...........................................................180Second Near-Death Experience ...................................................... 181Lost in Space ..................................................................................... 182

The Ether: A Few Comments on Einstein and Maxwell ................ 183 Metaphysics and Dowsing ................................................................ 187Puffballs and Negative Frequencies ................................................. 189The Changeling and Anthrax ............................................................. 190

The Poetry of Trees ......................................................................... 192Six of One, Half Dozen of Another? ...............................................193Clairvoyance .....................................................................................194Scientific Research Into Dowsing .................................................... 195

More on Clairvoyance ...................................................................... 197 An Early Vision Sitting in a Ring .................................................... 198Credo Mutwa—Peace ......................................................................200Comments from an Interview with Drunvalo Melchizedek ........... 203

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS BY SLIM SPURLING ........................ 205

BIBLIOGRAPHY .............................................................................. 210

INDEX ................................................................................................ 214

LIGHT-LIFE™ TOOLS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS ......218



❍ 8 ❍

Slim Spurling’s UNIVERSE

ILLUSTRATIONS

1. First Light-Life™ Ring ........................................................... 103

2. Sacred Cubit Rings ................................................................105

3. Lost Cubit Rings....................................................................114

4. Different Sizes, Styles and Material: Sacred Cubit Rings ....124

5. Two “Plain Jane” Copper Rings ............................................125

6. Acu-Vac Coils .........................................................................127

7. Feedback Loops .....................................................................133

8. Nose Mask..............................................................................137

9. Harmonizers...........................................................................141

10. A Toroidal Field ...................................................................142

11. Early Harmonizers...............................................................143

Portrait of Slim Spurling ............................................... Back cover



❍ 9 ❍


FOREWORDBy Slim Spurling

This book has been written from a series of taped interviews of my

life experiences by author Cal Garrison, covering the five major

periods or rings of experience, culminating in the discovery in 1991

of the principle of THE RING.

I had been encouraged for the previous twelve years to “write

it down” by numerous associates, including authors, editors andboth lay and professional scientists. With my recent marriage to

my wife, Katharina, this became possible, then a reality, through

her insistence and management skills. I owe a great debt of grati-

tude to her.

As the reader will see as he/she progresses through the text,

each life experience cycle contributed foundation material to the

next cycle, on many levels of understanding. Without the comple-tion of each cycle, although unrecognized at the time, the follow-

ing cycle could not have taken place.

This is a record, to the best of my recall, of the sequence of

events, the development of a way of looking at the world and criti-

cal evaluation of observed phenomena, linking the worlds of manual

labor, observations in natural science, evaluation of academic sci-

ence, and the world of metaphysics, cross-linked by the languageof science and the language of metaphysics describing the identical

observed phenomena.

In short, it’s been quite an adventure to come from my roots as



❍ 10 ❍


a Colorado hillbilly kid to traveling the world by invitation and

enjoying the company of some of the world’s most creative scien-

tists who share a common world view somewhat contrary to the

conventional academic humdrum.

This book lays the foundation for Book Two, Slim Spurling’s

Universe: The Sixth Ring , the events of which are currently unfold-

ing in the realm of advanced applications of the Light-Life™ Tools

and advanced technologies coming to the surface from both “hard

science” and inspirations deriving from conversations with a couple

of bona fide alchemists.

It is my sincere hope that the information contained in thisbook and the one to follow will help the reader to understand the

complex of misinformation of academia in the simpler terms of

their own personal observation and experience.

Nature is simple when seen through the eyes of your own per-

sonal observation.

There are only a few Principles in Nature, which may be eluci-

dated by ordinary observation, simple experiment and commonsense, and described in common language.

Principle, Practical Application and Common Sense Observa-

tion overthrow Theory, which is little more than academic Opin-

ion.

With this, let us begin . . .

Slim Spurling24 June, 2004



❍ 11 ❍


INTRODUCTION

As a child I used to lie awake at night wondering if there might be

a way to make the world a better place. I began seriously looking

for ways to do this when I was sixteen. A seven-year stretch in a

Gurdjieff community formed the grounding cord for all the occult

research and spiritual work that took place from that point on.

Everywhere I looked along the path I found something . Eventhe time I spent with addicts and thieves involved going within.

Over thirty-three years of questing failed to provide answers to the

original question.

By 1997 I came to the realization that a person can contem-

plate their navel till it comes out their backbone—all the inner re-

flection in the world won’t change a thing until one finds a way to

bring it down to earth and make it work, not just for themselves,but for everyone here.

A year later at an Earth-Sky Workshop I found out about Slim.

Sitting cross-legged on the floor, I listened as Drunvalo Melchizedek

spent one whole morning talking about this cowboy from Colo-

rado who had developed the technology to clear up 80 percent of

the pollution on the planet. I couldn’t believe my ears. I had been

waiting my whole life to hear these words. My entire Being re-sponded to everything Drunvalo said and in one clear moment I

thought, “This is it. This is what I came here for.” Little did I know

how true this would turn out to be.



❍ 12 ❍


On the day that I met Slim Spurling for the first time, the faint

premonition that my life would never be the same rode with me all

the way up in the car. Somehow or other our paths were about to

cross, and in my heart I knew it was happening for a reason.

When it finally came time to sit down next to Slim and chat, I

lost my tongue! The only way I could get over being star-struck

was to pull myself together and say, “I feel like one of those fools

on TV who’s just won the chance to hang out with their favorite

celebrity. I am so impressed with who you are and what you do that

I can’t even speak.” Slim smiled, and without batting an eye, he

said, “We all put our pants on one leg at a time.” Which in Slimtalk meant, “Relax, girl. There’s nothing special about me.”

This remarkable man has become my favorite teacher. I came

to him expecting nothing and have received more than I can tell

you. The spiritual aspirant who only understood life from that angle

has discovered Ether physics, biology, mycology, herbalism, sacred

geometry, chemistry, geology, ancient history, black holes, worm-

holes, the gravitational wave, and the ins and outs of making moon-shine. Slim Spurling has generously taught me everything he knows.

It’s become my job to listen to and record everything Slim says.

Anyone who’s ever heard him speak can imagine how much I love

what I do. All this information has transformed me. I think about

it, wonder about it, ask questions, turn it around and use it. The

rapid influx of things I never knew about before has brought the

work I do with Slim’s tools to a much deeper level. I no longerintuitively just know they work. I completely understand how and

why they work.

My research goes on, on a daily basis. I watch the tools and

their effects as they quietly do their work. The small Vermont town

where I live is no longer “The Land That Time Forgot.” Renovated

dwellings have replaced ramshackle houses. For some reason, the

sour old lady who never deigned to speak to anyone is leaning overher fence, smiling and chatting with everyone who passes. My land-

lord doesn’t have cancer anymore. The tiny store that only sold

beef jerky, cigarettes and beer has a book club now. A little café is in



❍ 13 ❍


full swing next door. Community spirit is high. Gardens are grow-

ing. Someone is planting flowers around the war monument in the

center of town and the woods are alive. I haven’t used a measuring

stick, but my eyes can see that everything that grows is lusher than

it was before. When the winter storms hit, they don’t hit West

Pawlet hard. We have snow, but it’s so benign, life inside a little

snow globe is the only thing I can compare winter to. The river

rises but the spring floods don’t destroy anything.

The matrix that supports every outer manifestation has shifted

in such a positive way here. Even the adjacent community, a town

that up till now people were too embarrassed to admit that they came from, is experiencing a renaissance. I think it may have some-

thing to do with the frequencies pouring out of my living room—

and wonder what the world would be like if Harmonizers were

running everywhere. Is it possible? Can we change the quality of

life just through the use of frequencies?

Slim’s tools travel with me wherever I go. I use them whenever

I can. This technology is so much a part of my life at this point it would take too long to list all the positive changes I witness when-

ever I put it to use. The effects that seemed miraculous in the be-

ginning are still just as miraculous. The difference is, it doesn’t

surprise me anymore. What does surprise me is that this fieldwork,

coupled with regular feedback from my favorite teacher, has made

me an expert on the Light-Life™ Tools. I guess one never knows

what they’ll end up doing when they set out to find their dream. Writing this book is a big part of my dream. The work it re-

quired filled up a million cups of coffee and over one year of my

life. At first I wondered if I was equal to the task. Sitting for hours

on end, listening, recording, transcribing, and rewriting all this in-

formation transmuted my doubts and made me equal to it. The day

the last word got put on paper I felt like I had just given birth to a

child. Full of emotion, I sat down and cried, knowing that the most important thing I had ever done was complete.

Spirit led me here. I am humbled by it and grateful for it—

grateful to share it and grateful to be part of something that will



❍ 14 ❍


make the world a better place. My hope is that those of you who

read the words that follow will pay attention and be as overjoyed by

them as I am.

Cal Garrison

June 24, 2004



❍ 15 ❍


BIOGRAPHY

Character cannot be developed in ease and quiet. Only through experi-

ence of trial and suffering can the soul be strengthened, vision cleared,

ambition inspired, and success achieved.— Helen Keller, Hellen Keller’s Journal

Slim Spurling is a remarkably humble and real human being. I

think it has caught him by surprise that all of a sudden every

one is noticing his work. Always and in everything he has

only been himself. Slim just did what he did because he could not do anything else—there was never any intention to get seen, rich,

or recognized.

The fact that he lives with a sense of disbelief that his years of

research have finally amounted to something, or that his work is

more important than he ever dreamed it would be, comes out of

his innate simplicity. Slim is like a child who has been caught un-

aware doing something wonderful, by others who recognize thepower that Spirit has to unveil itself, once in a great while.

There is a child inside all of us. And this part of our being is

still pure and innocent enough to believe that we can change the



❍ 16 ❍


world. Years of conditioning by our parents, our teachers, and the

culture at large have silenced our inner child so that we can’t hear it

anymore. Over time, doubt and skepticism replace innocence and

faith. We are taught that certain things are impossible, and we obe-

diently decide to accept that idea.

When someone like Slim Spurling comes along and says he has

developed the technology to change the world and return the planet

to a state of peace and harmony, it sounds too good to be true.

Everything we have been taught tells us things like this are impos-

sible. After all, the problems of the world are too big, and no one

has the answers. Even if some small voice inside wants to believehim, it is easier to hand over the microphone to the doubts that we

use to defend ourselves.

But when a person is open enough to listen and hear about

some of the things Slim has done, the child inside wakes up again.

It begins to see that—yes, there might be a glimmer of hope here.

The Earth is in too much of a crisis for any of us to keep feeding

our doubts. When the house is burning down, does it help to beskeptical about the guy who climbs up the ladder to save you?

To really understand Slim’s work it is essential to understand

who he is and where his roots lie. The flesh and blood human be-

ing behind the research is as miraculous as the research itself. Slim’s

life story is a testimony to what comes out of a man who listens to

his higher guidance. So, we’ll begin at the beginning to get a feel

for this totally unique and amazing Being. As incredible as his inventions and discoveries sound, and as hard as it may be to believe

that he has created a technology that has the power to change the

world, there is nothing the least bit fantastic about it. It is all as

down to earth and as loaded with common sense as he is.

Slim was born in Aberdeen, South Dakota in 1938 at the tail end of the Great Depression and the Dust Bowl. Slim’s ancestors on his

father’s side of the family emigrated from Wales in the early 1600s

and his mother’s roots went back to Norway and Sweden.



❍ 17 ❍


Why would any woman in her right mind name her only son

“Slim”? It would never have occurred to Margaret Spurling. She

was a distant cousin and big fan of Gary Cooper, so Slim’s given

name is Gary, after the famous actor. By the time he was fifteen,

however, “Gary” was six-foot-three and weighed a 140 pounds

wringing wet. Years later, a guy who worked loading hay with him

nicknamed him Slim and it stuck. He’s still skinny as a rail.

When he talks about his childhood you get the feeling the

Spurlings were pioneers. Everything was done the hard way or the

old way. It was not a fine and fancy situation. What he learned

from living that simply is very much a part of who he is now. As a one-year-old he remembers standing at the door of the

family house in Bison, South Dakota and seeing nothing but mounds

of dirt blown into piles as high as the top of the fence posts. The

only living, green thing was prickly-pear cactus. He went to school

the way everyone did, but he played hooky whenever he could get

away with it. Early morning walks with the dog gave him the op-

portunity to get on the wrong end of a skunk, and the stench bought him permission to stay home from school and roam around the

woods instead. It also gave him time to read whatever he wanted to

read on his own without being bothered by bells, changing classes,

or repeating by rote what he already knew. Slim was a bright kid

and his mind could handle much more than reading, writing, and

arithmetic.

It seems as if the appetite for knowledge, which evolved into a Thirst for Truth, was there from the very beginning. He haunted

the local library. The librarian was liberal enough to let Slim go

over the five-book limit when he checked out, and by the time he

was in his teens he had read every book in the place. Time spent

reading and studying was balanced with farm chores, tending crops,

fishing, hunting, and exploring the nearby hills and valleys.

Guns are part of the scenery growing up on the farm. Slim hada .22 rifle, and was out hunting game for the family table by the

time he was eight years old. His grandfather Thompson, an expert

hunter and outdoorsman, was his hands-on mentor in the



❍ 18 ❍


outdoorsman’s arts. He gave Slim a .22/410 over-and-under, rifle-

shotgun for his tenth Christmas, and this piece remained in his

possession until the mid-nineties. Slim took it to a gunsmith for

repairs, and the unscrupulous man sold it out from under him to an

unknown party.

With this little firearm Slim had the perfect reason to expand

his explorations and become even more of a student of the natural

world. Time spent hunting in the wilderness tuned him in to his

surroundings on many different levels. Long before he knew what

their names and scientific classifications were, he recognized every

tree, shrub, vine, and herbaceous plants on sight. Slim connectedearly to nature. He grew up knowing that he was part of it.

His grandfather Edwin Spurling ran a mercantile operation

that served as a trading post for the Native Americans near Phillips,

South Dakota. He spoke the native dialects and knew sign lan-

guage as well. Slim picked up on a lot of this and understood in-

tuitively what the native people were about. The fact that the US

government treated them unfairly did not escape his notice, ei-ther. Slim’s mother taught school to the kids on one of the reser-

vations, and every night at the dinner table the family heard a lot

about what she witnessed. The injustices meted out to the Native

people by the government agencies appalled Margaret Spurling,

and the horrible living conditions of the native children broke

her heart.

This early exposure to the Native American people and their ways had a big impact on Slim. Long before it became fashionable

to know about Earth-based traditions, they were part of his every-

day experience. His mother and grandmother used Native folk rem-

edies to doctor everyone in the family. Their expertise with herbal

healing methods made a lasting impression on Slim. He soaked up

all kinds of information just by watching what these women did.

They taught him to keep his eye on wild things, too. The Spurlingsneeded no weatherman to tell them which way the wind blew. Slim

learned to read the weather just by observing the behavior of birds

and animals.



❍ 19 ❍


From the sound of it, his parents and grandparents were high-

principled, honest people who knew what “doing the right thing”

meant. Whether integrity is a quality that develops when children

absorb the behavior of the people who raise them, or if it is some-

thing one is born with, Slim is loaded with it. Is it over-romanticiz-

ing him to say that he is a walking, talking example of whatever it is

about the American “pioneer spirit” that we wish hadn’t reached

extinction? Anyone who knows Slim would not see it that way.

If he is some sort of anachronism, it is probably more accurate

to say that he is a “two-way” anachronism. Because the old ways

that have been lost to most of the civilized world are still alive inSlim, and they fund visions of the future that no one has even

dreamed of yet. It must be interesting to be filled with a full sense

of what has come before and yet have a finger on the latest clue to

the new direction at the same time. Slim’s spirit seems to be loosely

draped between the past and the future.

The Spurlings moved from South Dakota to Morrison, Colorado,

when Slim was seven, and they started farming there. When it came

time to go to high school, Slim attended Colorado Military Acad-

emy and Mullen School for Boys. The Mullen School for Boys was

a Catholic institution, and even though no one in the family was

Catholic, his parents sent him there because they knew he would

get a good education. As far as religion goes, Slim did not get a heavy dose of it. While

his grandmother was a devout Methodist and his mother attended

church regularly, they were not Bible-pounding fanatics, so he did

not get stuffed with fundamentalist guilt or visions of eternal dam-

nation. Grandma may have been a Methodist, but according to Slim,

her early upbringing in Malmo, Sweden, gave her so much rever-

ence for nature that her daily practices had more of a Druidic flavor.

For some reason, countless Sundays at the local church left no

mark, and by the time he was eleven, Slim had had his fill of fire



❍ 20 ❍


and brimstone. He knew without a doubt that God could be found

anywhere but inside the head of the horse-faced woman who

preached to the devotees at “The Pillar of Fire Congregation,” so

he left the flock and never went back. During his college years he

got into Mormonism for a couple of years, but as it turned out,

The Latter Day Saints did not have the answers he sought, either.

By that time Slim realized that God had very little to do with dogma

or organized religion. Somewhere deep inside he knew that Mother

Nature held the key to whatever his spiritual purpose was.

Prior to college Slim served for two years as a Petty Officer Third

Class in the Navy Air Reserve. He passed all of the tests for Officer

Candidate School with marks that would have qualified him to move

up in the ranks and provided him with a free education. He was not

interested in being a military man, so he declined the offer. At that

time, what he really wanted to do was study forestry.

During his stint in the military, through a chance meeting withthe navy commander at the base barbershop, Slim was excused from

having to attend monthly reserve meetings. Slim’s excellent reserve

record and his grades at school impressed the commanding officer

so much that he immediately wrote a letter exempting Slim from

his obligatory monthly reserve duties.

This conversation in the barbershop turned out to be a key

event in Slim’s life. The very next month all of the reservists wereflown to their meeting in Olathe, Kansas, and the plane went down

in a storm. Everyone on the flight was killed in the crash. Unbe-

lievably, the following month the same thing happened. The grief

and horror he felt for his friends was lessened by the awe of know-

ing that, for some reason, his life had been spared. At this point

Slim realized for the first time that his destiny and his whole pur-

pose for being here were being guided by forces that have a muchlarger perspective on the tapestry that weaves itself out on the world

stage. Without a doubt, the gods had other plans for him.

When Slim decided to go to college, his forestry dream was



❍ 21 ❍


still alive. He spent eight years off and on at Colorado State Uni-

versity. Chemistry, biochemistry, and all of the natural sciences were

included in the forestry curriculum, and it was during this time

that the scientific side of his mind really got fired up. He majored

in forestry with a minor in biochemistry.

As soon as he realized that a degree in forestry would relegate

him to a life spent working as a yes-man for some bureaucratic

government agency, he became disenchanted with completing the

degree. Slim’s eyes were wide open, and it had become clear to him

that “Timber Management” was in reality timber and ecological

mis management, much more destructive than fire. He consequently transferred to the botany department, majoring in mycology and

with a desire to go into research and interdisciplinary technical

writing.

Mycology is the study of fungi and mushrooms, and it is widely

known that mushrooms were sacred to the Druids. Nowadays Slim

is often referred to as “Merlin,” or, “The Merlin of Geobiology.”

One could debate the significance of this, but there are no acci-dents, and it is noteworthy that the most Druidic branch of the

natural sciences became more of a passion for him than anything

else did.

Slim had to take periods of time off from school to work for a

logging operation and while he was out in the woods, he came across

several species of mushrooms that had not yet been officially dis-

covered. He also found a species of morel that grew far above theColorado tree line, something that was not even possible, accord-

ing to his botany professors.

It seems as if Slim was tuned into the mushroom world on a

whole different level, because one day, as he was taking a break

from his tree work, he was privileged to bear witness to a spore

release. He describes himself sitting in the forest, hearing a little

“popping” sound and watching as a “Jew’s Ear” mushroom droppedits spores.

What kind of person notices these things? When Slim told his

professor about the spores, the teacher readily acknowledged that



❍ 22 ❍


it was the first time he had ever heard of such a thing. Perhaps it

was a mycological or even a Druidic rite of passage!

There is no doubt that mycology is another one of those things

that Slim knows inside and out. Right before he would have gradu-

ated from Colorado State, Slim was researching the chemical na-

ture of a red pigment that occurs naturally in almost every speci-

men of the Acer negundo species of maple tree as a response to a

particular fungus. The technical paper written to document this

research earned him an offer of a full scholarship for a three-year

Master’s Degree program funded by what was then known as the

US Department of Health, Education and Welfare, and what isnow known as the Department of Human Resources.

When he examined the criteria for the program, the proposed

research would have required Slim to search for and develop a

chemical substance from the fungus world that would:

a) Be produced in enormous quantities (like Penicillin);

b) Be cheap to produce (like Penicillin—about fifty cents a gal-lon);

c) Have no side effects except a possible mild euphoria;

d) Could be introduced into any consumable product with no la-

beling requirement;

e) Would lower the threshold of suggestibility in humans (a mind

control drug);

f) Would be effective in microgram doses.

It was more than obvious that the explicit purpose of this re-

search was for control of the population. The kind of control and

the population were unspecified, but this was the era of the CIA’s

LSD experimental program, and the government kept a hidden

agenda.

Slim was totally incredulous that the powers that be would usetheir influence this way. Whatever they were up to, he wanted no

part in contributing to anything that would result in the enslave-

ment of people through such nefarious methods.



❍ 23 ❍


Out of curiosity, however, and just to prove to himself that

such a substance did indeed exist, he consulted with one of his

professors about the proposed research. Slim found a likely spe-

cies in one of the families of soil fungi and cultured a sample

from the professor’s library. It took him three days to complete

the research for what would have been a government-funded,

three-year program. After ingesting a few micrograms of the

culture and experiencing its effects, he knew more than he wanted

to know.

Utterly disgusted by the insidious offer, Slim immediately de-

clined the scholarship, refused to take a diploma, and decided not to participate in the graduation exercises at Colorado State. He

threw up his hands with the scientific and academic communities

and walked away from it all, vowing never to go back. Unfortu-

nately, prostitution takes many forms, and it is likely that someone

confused about “doing the right thing” took the bait and was will-

ing to barter a soul for a free education.

When Slim walked out on the scientific and academic community,

he walked into a twenty-year career as an artist-blacksmith. In those

days forestry work required a full knowledge of mechanics, forging

and welding being the basis of all things mechanical. He had been

exposed to both skills as part of his training at Colorado State, and

he knew enough about working with iron to make it a trade. Thespirits must have been watching over him, because he came across

a complete forge setup that someone had junked and bought the

whole thing for two hundred dollars.

Two hundred dollars worth of “junk” turned out to be a price-

less gift. By that time he had a wife and two sons to support, and

they were living in a renovated trapper’s cabin way out in the

Colorado wilderness. When living this close to the bone,blacksmithing is not just an interesting hobby, it is a fundamental

survival skill. Since they heated and cooked with wood, Slim spent

his days chopping timber and splitting it with his own hand-forged



❍ 24 ❍


tools. He made every axe, wedge, hammer, and countless nails in

that old forge. Making ends meet required a lot of effort in those

days. Slim spent his nights working on an oil rig so he could sup-

port the family. But in his “free” time, when he wasn’t chopping

wood, he taught himself what he did not yet know about

blacksmithing.

Blacksmithing has played a huge part in everything Slim has

done since then, and as much as it was his trade, maybe more im-

portantly it was his first introduction to alchemy. Working and play-

ing with the five elements, fire, earth, air, water, and metal, and

being deeply involved in the creation process are things people just do not do anymore. What he learned about controlling these forces

centered him, physically, emotionally, and spiritually, so completely

that his consciousness was able to merge with and go “inside” the

iron.

Standing over a bed of coals with a desire to turn a cold piece

of iron into something beautiful or useful seems simple enough.

If it’s so simple, why do blacksmiths rank right up there with ma-gicians in the collective consciousness? According to Schwaller

de Lubicz, the Egyptian God, Ptah, was the ultimate cosmic black-

smith. After Ptah conceived and birthed himself, he brought fire

down to earth and created every imaginable form with it. In de

Lubicz’s work, this hairless, chubby-looking deity is not portrayed

as just any old god. Ptah’s alleged abilities with fire may be why

creation, special powers, and blacksmithing have come to be as-sociated.

A blacksmith must be 100 percent tuned in to a lot more than

just the elements in order to take fire and birth anything with it.

The person bringing it all together must be able to hold his con-

sciousness in a place that allows him to be a vessel for what is essen-

tially an alchemical process.

One day at the forge Slim got so immersed in his work that hisentire Being slipped into the iron and became one with it. He ex-

perienced the whole creation process from inside the molecular

structure of the metal he was hammering. From that moment on



❍ 25 ❍


he “understood” about iron. What he learned definitely had to do

with blacksmithing, but more than that, it gave him a deeper un-

derstanding of the spiritual force behind life itself.

Anyone who has gotten so completely involved in what he does

that he loses himself and becomes one with the process knows what

it’s like to be in that “zone.” There is a connection to the unified

field, where nothing is separate, and all things are one.

Blacksmithing not only fed Slim and introduced him to alchemy, it

also gave him his first conscious experience of the unified field.

This trip “inside” the iron taught him how to merge his conscious-

ness with anything. The trip inside had everything to do with why all of Slim’s iron-

work was so incredible and unique. Every piece was hammered and

coiled or spiraled, with animal heads and feet incorporated into the

design of common objects like fireplace tools, railings and gates.

Even the nails he made looked like little works of art.

Nails that he used to give away as calling cards currently sell

for about five dollars apiece in the ritzy, old-house restoration cata-logues. An interior door screen that he got paid $750 to make, de-

liver, and install recently showed up in the antique market with a

$14,000 price tag on it. Slim’s ironwork graces private homes and

public buildings in and around Colorado. His best freestyle work

can be seen at the El Rancho Colorado Restaurant near Evergreen.

The handrails, doorknobs, screens, and gates that decorate the res-

taurant display delicately rendered flowers, animals, plants, and lotsof fine detail.

During this twenty-year period Slim founded and ran the larg-

est blacksmithing school in the United States. He taught every one

of his students how to go inside the iron. He knew exactly what to

do to get them there, because he had done it himself countless times.

This rite of passage involved having each student stand at the forge

and turn out 100 nails an hour. According to Slim, the nail-makingprocess is so repetitive and boring that after a while the conscious-

ness becomes free, and in moments it hits a sweet spot and be-

comes one with the iron. As far as he is concerned, once you’ve



❍ 26 ❍


been inside the iron, you know everything there is to know about

blacksmithing.

Jim Wallace was the first of Slim’s students to undergo this “trial

by fire.” After he went into the iron, Jim went on to make a name

for himself in the blacksmithing community. He founded and is

curator of the Museum of Blacksmithing in Memphis, Tennessee.

In the late sixties Slim made him a hammer that Jim treasures to

this day. He has used it regularly for over thirty-five years without

having to reset the handle once.

The expression “to fly off the handle” originated in a forge

somewhere in the far distant past. Loose handles and airborne ham-mers are an occupational hazard in a blacksmith shop. Considering

the amount of pounding a blacksmith does on a daily basis, handles

last about as long as an ice cube in hell. The hammer Slim made for

Jim would probably qualify as a magical object in blacksmithing

circles.

Most of us write blacksmithing off as just a trade. When Slim

talks about working with iron, however, his stories make it soundso phenomenal that you wish you too could be a blacksmith. Maybe

it is his way of relating to things with every ounce of his Being. Very

few people go into anything with every ounce of their Being . Evidently,

once the basics are conquered, there is more to be gained from this

occupation than big biceps and huge forearms.

The truth is, blacksmithing enlightened Slim. All the hammer-

ing, the heat, and the trips inside the iron transmuted his con-sciousness and potentized his mind in a way that no amount of

meditating could match. Slim may not have figured this out for

himself yet, and if he has, he is too humble to agree with what

follows, but it is clear that the wizard in him got birthed in the

forge.

His ironwork offers plenty of proof that “Merlin” had some-

thing to do with it. If that is not enough, meeting Slim proves toanyone who is the least bit sensitive that there is something special

about his mind. The nicest thing about his mind is that it can go

anywhere. Slim does not need to talk quantum physics all day long



❍ 27 ❍


because he can talk about anything. It is interesting to watch the

way he is with people because he appreciates everyone, wherever

they’re coming from.

Stick Slim in a room full of scientists and you really see what

his genius is about. This man has done his homework and can pit

his brain against the best of them. Much of what Slim has to say

challenges so many existing theories that the science guys wind up

scratching their heads trying to figure out where all of their equa-

tions went. He does not do this to show off. It is something that

cannot be helped. Slim seems to have been put here, in part, to

push the scientific envelope beyond its boundaries. He gets away with blowing people’s minds because the “Lone Ranger” doing the

talking makes such perfect sense and speaks so simply that every-

one quickly realizes he came to save the day.

This mind of his would not be half as creative if the metaphysi-

cal element were not there, too. Slim may be entitled to blow people

away because he blew his own mind long before he went inside the

iron. In the early sixties, while writing a research paper on hypno-sis, he came across a book by William James. In this book, the “fa-

ther of American psychology” suggested that stilling the mind could

be accomplished by using a candle flame as a point of focus.

Slim wrote his paper and submitted it, but he got so hooked on

the candle idea that he decided to see if there was anything to it.

Staring at a candle flame, he found that indeed, his mind became

centered and still. From this still point Slim also discovered that hecould cause the flame to go out and reignite at will. Self-hypnosis

introduced him to the aspect of his mind that eventually would

find its way inside the iron. Aside from that, the meditative state it

produced allowed him to get completely rested and centered when-

ever he needed.

One day after meditating, his awareness was altered enough to

cause him to wonder what it would be like to merge his conscious-ness with a big cottonwood tree. Going “inside” it, the same way

he learned how to go inside the iron, taught Slim about the being-

ness of trees.



❍ 28 ❍


Through this experience he discovered that trees have their

own consciousness and their own memory, just like humans do.

Trees record everything that goes on in the environment. On that

day Slim was able to see the whole environment through the eyes

of an eighty-year-old cottonwood. It amazed him to view the his-

tory of everything that had happened in that particular area from

the perspective of this giant old tree.

Nowadays this is not an uncommon experience in metaphysi-

cal circles, but Slim’s experience happened forty years ago, and he

had no frame of reference for it. It was a totally spontaneous thing.

When he tried to explain it to people, they were either baffled by it or looked at him as if he were out of his mind. It was not until the

mid-eighties that he was able to hook up with anyone who had a

similar experience.

Why are some people more open to expanding their consciousness

and their understanding of things than others? What is it that drivesa person beyond their own limits and the limits that are established

by society to seek a wider vision? How many people give up the

time they could spend sleeping because something inside is more

thirsty for answers than it is for rest? It is hard to say what inspires

anyone to get to the bottom of things, but whatever it is, it is alive

and working overtime inside Slim Spurling.

During his years as a blacksmith, chopping down trees and working at the forge all day, Slim got off the oil rig just after mid-

night and stayed up till two or three in the morning studying botany

and herbal medicine. Anyone else would feel justified going to bed

after a hard day’s work. He was not aiming for a legitimate degree

or under pressure to fulfill some assignment. He had no access to a

fancy library. All he had for reference was an old herbal published

in 1832. But the desire to know what was in it drove him to read it from cover to cover. What made him want to do this?

Every word in that book engraved itself in Slim’s brain, and the

familiarity he already had with natural medicine from his youth



❍ 29 ❍


got beefed up with botanical names and a deeper knowledge of the

curative properties of different plants. He discovered that each fam-

ily of plants had similar medicinal uses. Slim began to practice herbal

healing, doctoring his family and working with anyone who was

open enough to be a guinea pig.

When his wife came down with the flu, he stoked up the wood

stove and, after putting water on to boil, he went out into the woods

to gather the herbs he knew he needed to heal her. They were easy

to spot because they glowed or had a special aura about them that

he could see with his normal vision. He brought them back to the

house and plopped a handful of herbs into the water on the stove.Four cups of an infusion that included hawthorn, rabbit brush, wild

plum leaf, and bindweed, mixed with honey and milk and adminis-

tered over the course of one hour, were all it took to rid his wife of

her symptoms and cure her completely.

Slim got more confident with his self-taught skills as an herb-

alist and had a really high success rate healing people. He cured

himself of lung cancer in a little over three months using apricot seeds. It is his opinion that the laetrile in the seeds turned things

around.

Although Slim never got a confirmatory diagnosis for lung can-

cer, he had all of the symptoms. He was losing weight steadily, his

skin was yellow, and he was exhausted. Not being the type to seek

medical help, and having enough confidence in his own percep-

tions, he didn’t need someone else to diagnose him.If Slim had known at the time that he would be writing a book

and required to legitimatize these claims, he might have gone to a

doctor. But does any medicine man worth their salt need to bother

with a trip to the clinic? Anyone who questions Slim’s ability to

diagnose himself would have a bigger problem with the idea of a

shaman subjecting themselves to medical tests. On that score, it is

clear that he would be damned if he did and damned if he didn’t, so we leave it up to the reader to believe it or not.

For anyone wondering why such a natural guy would get this

sick in the first place, the answer is simple. Great healers often get



❍ 30 ❍


initiated through illness. Direct experience with a disease is some-

times the toll one pays for the wisdom it takes to heal it. Such knowl-

edge goes beyond what can be gleaned from a medical text.

Coming out on the other side of any illness, the physical, emo-

tional, and spiritual changes it puts one through give an under-

standing of how to guide others through similar trials. Slim has

since cured himself of liver cancer using a combination of herbal

methods, the Light-Life™ Tools, and Mannatech supplements. He

is a fountainhead of information on the subject of herbalism and

herbal healing from personal experience.

Slim is also renowned as a dowser. Anyone who has ever watched

him do a dowsing job or had him dowse their property could testify

to that. His first exposure to the art came as a kid through a sensi-

tive old guy who came to the family farm to help the Spurlings

locate a well. The man knew this little boy was hanging around

because he was curious, so he let Slim hold one arm of the willow branch, and the two of them set out to find water. As they walked

along, Slim was amazed when the branch got pulled down over the

water vein. He knew for sure that no one was forcing it and that

whatever this was, it was for real.

In 1970 he had to resort to dowsing out of necessity, but luckily

it came to him naturally. His parents had since moved to Australia,

and Slim was in a situation where he had to locate all the waterpipes his Dad had buried when they did the first excavation work

on the farm in Morrison. With no diagram or map to follow, he

bent a couple of welding rods into L-rods, and with the intention,

“I have to find the pipes,” clear in his mind, he set out across the

property. He not only located all the metal pipe work his father

had installed, but he also found the ceramic pipes that had been put

in by the previous owners.Slim later discovered that water and pipes are not the only things

that can be dowsed. In 1979 he noticed that there was an unusual

increase in the number of car accidents happening in one small



❍ 31 ❍


area of a narrow country road just one mile from his house. At first

there were one or two accidents a week, but by the time it started

to bother him, their number had escalated to one or two a day. An-

noyed by the screaming of sirens and the noise of rescue helicop-

ters, he took his dowsing rods out for a walk, sensing that energy

from some unseen source had to be behind all these catastrophes.

What went on in his brain is hard to fathom, but he reasoned

that the increased gravitational stress caused by the current Grand

Alignment of the planets was creating a supercharged piezoelectric

field crossing the road. The frequencies generated by such a field

could easily cause a driver to become disoriented or momentarily go unconscious.

Half a mile from the location where all the wrecks occurred, he

dowsed out an unusually strong energy zone cutting across the road.

Slim blocked the wall of energy by burying two L-rods over it a

few feet from the pavement and he left them there. No more acci-

dents occurred that day, or the next, and for the next year there was

not even one accident.Using L-rods to detect and block negative frequencies became

one of Slim’s most valuable techniques, and it now forms the basis

of much of what he teaches people to do in his workshops.

In the early sixties Slim began reading the collected works of

Wilhelm Reich. Reich’s work posed a lot of conflict for him, be-

cause his formal training in the academic sciences had programmed

him to see things a certain way, and this new information was pretty far out. All the same, Reich had a solid scientific background in

mathematics, physics, and chemistry. Further, he was a bona fide

physician, and therefore more credible.

Reich’s “Cloud Buster” was reputed to alter weather conditions,

bring rain, and improve the environment. This information was

what got Slim into playing around with the weather. At that time

air pollution was becoming a really hot topic, and the famous“Brown Cloud” in Denver was already a big issue.

Slim built himself a Cloud Buster and quickly found that it did

everything Reich claimed it could do. The fieldwork he did with



❍ 32 ❍


this unit supplied Slim with experiential data that he was able to

put to use in the development of the environmental clearing tools

that have become his trademark.

He remembers when he was a kid, his mother often said, “Ev-

eryone talks about the weather but nobody can do anything about

it.” Slim would look at her and say, “Why not?” In answer to all the

ethical questions Slim posed, Margaret would respond by telling

him matter-of-factly that, “Fifty million Frenchmen can’t be wrong.

Every one knows this is true; it’s just the way things are.”

Years later Slim has proven to more than a few people that “fifty

million Frenchmen” can indeed be wrong, and that assuming any-thing is “just the way it is” can deny an infinite number of possibili-

ties. Something can be done about the weather, the environment,

and the level of harmony in the world. This is what his tools are

about.

He does not flaunt it, and meeting him for the first time one may not pick up on it immediately, but Slim is a shaman. The shamanic

abilities he has developed over the years grew naturally from his

Druidic/Celtic genetics and as a result of everything with which he

has been involved. All his accumulated experience reached a criti-

cal mass, so to speak, and out of that he began to notice that he

could move energy through his hands without even having to think

about it. Anyone who has done a workshop or spent any amount of time with Slim has witnessed what he can do with his hands.

We live in a culture that sadly places too high a value on aca-

demic knowledge or book learning, when the truth is that experi-

ence is the best teacher. The shamanic secrets of the ancients are

not learned from reading books. Even though shamanism has got-

ten to be sort of a trendy, New-Age thing, shamanic gifts evolve

and are transmuted inside people through their experience of them-selves.

At the same time, shamanic gifts are not the private property of

a chosen few, and to think that weird, wild, and wonderful forces



❍ 33 ❍


can be accessed only by select individuals is a misconception. Ac-

cording to Slim, everyone has these abilities: it is simply a matter

of tuning in to them.

The sum total of Slim’s early background, his surety about his

purpose here, all his deep research, his experiential understanding

of alchemy and the unified field, along with his emotional sensitiv-

ity and his connection to nature, converged into a gestalt that made

the whole man much greater than the sum of his parts.

Slim’s conscious awareness of his shamanic abilities began grow-

ing only toward the end of his blacksmithing years. He knew that

something had definitely shifted, because his hands were tingling,the “force” was flowing through him, and whatever he needed al-

ways seemed to be right there. In whatever situation he found him-

self, the resources and the solutions to solve or resolve it were right

smack in front of him.

This heightened awareness of his innate powers didn’t make

Slim immune to the vicissitudes of providence, however. When

the Army Corps of Engineers took over his property in order tobuild a flood control dam two miles south of Slim’s homestead, he

was forced against his will to give up blacksmithing. However, the

five-year legal battle with that organization endowed him with some

modest legal skills and a tremendous insight into the workings of

bureaucracies. Only in the last year of this property dispute did

Slim require the services of an attorney.

Although the final court decision was not in Slim’s favor, hislawyer praised him by saying, “I don’t know why you hired me. You

have just fought the longest, most successful legal action against

the Corps by any individual, group, or corporation in history! You

also got the greatest respect from Judge Winner. He told me in

private how much he admired, ‘that tough, sonovabitch old hill-

billy.’”

Slim paid his legal expenses in gold coin and used the proceedsfrom the condemnation to start his own logging operation. By 1980

he was supplying timber to a local sawmill and working with heavy

equipment. Slim is a working-class hero, and that element of his



❍ 34 ❍


nature contributes as much to his understanding of life as anything

else. He is no virgin when it comes to barrooms and fist fights and

women. To call him a “colorful” character would be putting it mildly,

and he frequently says, “If this old saddle could talk, I’d have been

hung years ago.”

After being ripped off by a man who agreed to buy his timber, Slim

quit logging and headed up to Livermore, Colorado, to work on a

ranch. In addition to performing his duties as a ranch hand, Slim

helped his boss out by “managing” the weather. He got to be adept at averting storms, making rain when they needed it and creating

dry spells when it came time to hay.

Slim did some of his best shamanic work at the ranch with the

gophers that wreaked havoc in the fields, digging their burrows

where it did more harm than good. In the fall Slim “requested”

that the little critters leave the hay fields and move on out to the

dry lands where their services would be more appropriate. Thegophers listened to him. By the following spring there were new

gopher mounds in the dry grass part of the ranch, and not one to

be found in the hay fields.

Later that summer, when the ranch owner scoffed at the story

and began giving Slim a hard time, Slim said, “Well then, you can

just have your damn gophers back!” Evidently the gophers took

the hint. Soon after these words were spoken, they moved a milesouth to the ranch headquarters, punched holes in the irrigation

ditches above it, and flooded the compound. (The moral here is,

don’t mess with a shaman. His buddies might take offense.)

During his stint as a ranch hand, Slim befriended an old Native

American woman named Rachel Ashley. Rachel was raised on the

Crow Creek agency of the Lower Brule Reservation. She taught

Slim all about the antibiotic properties of the puffball mushroomand its effectiveness against infection, particularly the anaerobic

bacteria associated with gangrene and blood poisoning.

During the latest anthrax scare, Slim coupled this knowledge



❍ 35 ❍


of the antibiotic effects of puffball powder with his knowledge of

frequencies. He considers puffball powder to be an antidote to an-

thrax. Since everything has its own vibration and anything can be

transmitted over a distance using quantum technology, it is sug-

gested that a puffball placed inside one of Slim’s Harmonizers will

broadcast that frequency homeopathically over a wide area and

neutralize the effects of anthrax.

Slim’s days in Livermore were numbered by the fact that his

boss could not pay a steady wage. Not being one to hang around,

and tired of working for nothing, Slim left the ranch in the early

eighties and moved down to Denver. This was a big change forSlim because he had always been a country boy and not the least bit

citified. He adapted to things by continuing to focus on his work,

his studies, his research, and the honing of his shamanic abilities.

By this time metaphysics and fringe science had attracted more

serious attention, and Slim had the opportunity to hook up with

groups and meet others who were involved in these things. He sup-

ported himself as a handyman, sort of an all-around fix-it guy, yardman, and remodeler. The handyman thing got extremely busy, and

Slim had so much going on he decided to bring in his old friend,

Bill Reid, to help handle the workload.

A geologist, metallurgist, and mining engineer, Bill graduated

from the Colorado School of Mines. He had his own precious-

metal refining business, but the mining scene was not exactly boom-

ing in the mid-eighties. The environmentalists had everyone un-der their thumb and things were so heavily regulated that Bill had

been out of work for a couple of years. Partnering up with Slim

must have been a godsend.

The two men masqueraded as yard technicians/fix-it men dur-

ing the day. Little did their customers know that these guys were

really alchemists who spent their free time doing research into what

would be the basis for the Light-Life™

Technology and the plan-etary and environmental clearing work that has evolved since then.



❍ 36 ❍


Bill Reid is a key player in this whole story. He is a remarkable

scientist with a photographic memory. He is fascinated by all things

scientific and equally curious about anything that science cannot

explain. Even with a strictly scientific background and a formal

education in that area, Bill has always been an avid reader and stu-

dent of alchemy and paraphysical phenomena.

In his experience as a professional engineer and metallurgist,

he has witnessed many events in the laboratory that could not be

explained with the formulas and equations of chemistry. To Bill the

world is not all Newtonian physics, and he has definitely watched

too many “white crows” fly by to persist in the belief that all crowsare black. He knows from experience that not all chemical reac-

tions under the same conditions will yield the same results, and

that the causes of the anomalies do not “fit” the scientific rigor.

Bill Reid happens to be one of the few people on the planet

who has earned the right to the title of alchemist. Most scientists

are quick to dismiss alchemy as nothing more than superstition.

What is harder for them to dismiss is the fact that Isaac Newton was an alchemist. There is nothing the least bit “woo-woo” about

Bill Reid’s alchemical research. His ability to permanently bond

twenty-four-carat gold, silver and other metals to silk made him

the first in history ever to achieve this level of the art. His gold-silk

cloth is a wonder to behold and equally marvelous to touch and

wear. Slim feels really blessed to have known and worked with Bill.

The Light-Life™

Technology would not be what it is without Bill’sinfluence.

During the early months of 1985, when Slim and Bill teamed

up, they shared many facets of their accumulated experience from

their professional discoveries and their own personal researches

into those unusual phenomena still defying explanation. They ex-

changed information about plants and herbal medicine and were

able to relate the presence of certain plants to specific sites, find-ing that the herbs and weeds needed to heal the maladies in a

home or particular area could usually be found growing right there

on the location.



❍ 37 ❍


It may well be that Bill Reid is the man we need to thank for

reminding Slim that while formal science has its drawbacks, it does

have a place in the scheme of things. Out of these informational

exchanges with his friend, Slim regained an interest in the science

he had renounced with such vehemence years before. Now he could

see that the true science had to be an all-encompassing study of

nature coupled with the free exercise of intuition to solve unan-

swerable questions.

While initially their fix-it business involved simple repairs, what grew out of it became something else entirely. One aspect of their

new direction came into being on the day Slim got a call from a

lady who needed work done on her home.

When they arrived at her place, she greeted them complaining

of excruciating migraine pain. Being nice guys, they asked her how

long she had been suffering, and she told them the headaches had

started three years ago, the day she moved into the house, and that they had continued nonstop ever since. She had been forced to quit

her job and had spent over $40,000 searching high and low for a

cure without any success or relief.

Slim and Bill tried a couple of odd remedies. They grounded

the metal rain gutters and made some adjustments on the natural

gas furnace, which was leaking carbon monoxide. This gave the

poor woman a little bit of comfort, but her headaches didn’t goaway.

One Wednesday, after reading up on dowsing and noxious en-

ergy removal, Slim and Bill were on their way to another job in the

same neighborhood, and on the spur of the moment they decided

to stop at the “Migraine Lady’s” house to dowse and clear any nega-

tive frequencies they could find. She was not at home that day, but

they went about their business using a technique described by Howell in his book, Dowsing For Everyone. It took about an hour to

clear the place.

The following Friday Slim called the woman to check up on



❍ 38 ❍


her, and she told him she had been free of pain since Wednesday

night. Slim then told her what he and Bill had done, and with a

shriek of excitement she exclaimed, “I wondered what happened!

When I came home from shopping that afternoon my kitchen was

clear as a crystal. I haven’t had a bit of pain since that evening.

Whatever you did, I can’t thank you enough!” Slim touched base

with this woman by phone and in person for the next three years.

Her headaches were gone for good, her health improved, and she

was able to return to her high-pressure, high-paying job as an ad-

vertising executive.

The experience with the Migraine Lady was the start of some-thing big. While Slim and Bill continued masquerading as handy-

men, their reputation as Noxious Energy Removal Specialists grew

and kept them just as busy as their repair work. As their expertise

sharpened, their clients, many of whom had spent a small fortune

on different forms of therapy for a variety of medically diagnosed

conditions, reported a complete absence of symptoms, more en-

ergy, better sleep, and a steep reduction in pain. What a variety of cases these dowsers treated! Failing school

children suddenly rose to the top of the class. Sickly and dying

plants put forth luscious new growth. Nervous, ill-tempered dogs

became loving and friendly, and couples that were in the habit of

fighting could no longer find any reason to argue! No matter what

the problem was, their methods created a general increase in the

level of environmental harmony across the board. Because goodnews travels fast, soon Slim and Bill were getting calls to do noth-

ing but what is now known as Geopathic Stress Removal.

Eventually they became famous. The demand for their services

as Noxious Energy Removal Specialists got to the point where they

could not keep up with it, so they began setting up workshops and

seminars to teach groups of people how to detect and clear geopathic

stress. Slim and Bill dissolved their partnership in 1998 and now teach independently. Slim continues to hold geobiology workshops

on a regular basis all over the world.



❍ 39 ❍


The two fix-it men were busy enough with the environmental clear-

ing work, but daily brainstorms brought much of their attention to

Reich’s work and the Cloud Buster technology. They also used their

own experimental electronic devices to precipitate precious metals

from Denver tap water.

Between 1985 and 1998 their research went all over the map

and right over the edge into the nether regions of science. For part

of that period they got involved in the mining business and the

metallurgical recovery business. Enter Chuck Arnold, genius, in-

ventor, and expert in all things metallurgical. The three men occu-

pied their free time investigating some of the bizarre “fringe sci-ence” phenomena discussed in the various books they had accumu-

lated. They did their research in a makeshift laboratory they had

set up in Golden, Colorado

In the middle of 1985 they got into experimenting with what is

known as a caduceus-wound coil, a device that had been crudely

outlined in Joseph Cater’s book, The Awesome Life Force. Later they

found that the original research on the caduceus winding was doneby a Canadian radio-engineer named Wilbert Smith. Few refer-

ences in the literature can be found regarding this instrument, but

the fact that they zeroed in on it is worthy of note: the caduceus

winding became the basis for the Light-Life™ Technology.

A caduceus coil is basically a ferrite rod wound with an elec-

tric cord and supplied with current. There is not a whole lot to it.

These three men conducted all kinds of experiments using thecoil with the assistance of Slim’s partner at the time, Dianne.

Dianne is a gifted clairvoyant, and she was able to see the ener-

gies coming out of the coil. She could also predict the effects the

beam would have.

A caduceus coil nullifies the local magnetic field and converts

the electron flow to Ether flow. In plain English, this means that

there is no resistance to the force of current flowing through therod, and it appears that this lack of resistance converts the electron

flow to Ether flow, loosening the binding forces in the atomic struc-

ture of whatever lies within the coil’s beam.



❍ 40 ❍


Entrenched scientists are quick to question the use of the word

Ether. Most of them firmly believe that the Ether simply does not

exist and that its existence has been formally disproven. Even Albert

Einstein negated the existence of the Ether, and this early stand-

point, along with the Michelson-Morley experiments, convinced

most people that the Ether is an erroneous concept.

What many people are not aware of, however, is that Einstein

recanted his original statements regarding the Ether at a later date.

In a major paper delivered at a German university, Albert Einstein

stood up and publicly defended the Ether concept. These state-

ments never made it into the scientific journals and have been offi-cially suppressed or ignored. This recantation is documented in

the contents of a radio interview that took place after Einstein’s

death with one of his close associates. The following quote from

Einstein may be sufficient to make his stand on the Ether concept

more than clear.

More careful reflection teaches us however that the special theory of relativity does not compel us to deny Ether. We may assume

the existence of an Ether: only we must give up ascribing a defi-

nite state of motion to it, i.e. we must by abstraction take from it

the last mechanical characteristic which Lorentz had still left it

. . . [There] is still a weighty argument to be advanced in favor of

the Ether hypothesis. To deny Ether is ultimately to assume that

empty space has no physical qualities whatsoever. The funda-mental facts of mechanics do not harmonize with this view . . .

According to the general theory of relativity, space without Ether

is unthinkable; for in such space there would not only be no

propagation of light, but also no possibility of existence for stan-

dards of space and time nor any space-time intervals in the physi-

cal sense.

—Albert Einstein (from Dale Pond’s booklet,The Divine Triplet , page 19)



❍ 41 ❍


To improve the caduceus rod, Slim added a junk radio chassis so

that the frequencies generated could be “tuned” with no heat and a

minimal expenditure of energy. It didn’t take long for the coil to

demonstrate that it could reduce heat, dispel electro-smog, and

eliminate the effects of air pollution, functioning in a similar man-

ner to Reich’s Cloud Buster. Wondering what would happen if they

subjected Denver’s Brown Cloud to the effects of this contraption,

they soon discovered that the chemicals in this “pollution play-

ground” were no match for the caduceus rod.

With further experimentation, they also found out that the ca-

duceus beam precipitated heavy metals and produced a potable,“potentized” water that had a phenomenal effect in removing tox-

ins from the body. After the metals and minerals were filtered out,

Slim began to drink a small amount daily, increasing the amount

slowly. He found that the water gave him additional energy, a di-

minished need for food and rest, and an increased endurance level.

News got around and pretty soon everyone who drank this

“miracle water” was reporting similar effects. But beyond the im-proved sense of well-being, some of them were noticing that their

disease symptoms were disappearing.

When they ran the caduceus beam through a dozen jars of tap

water placed in a row, all the water was potentized, and there was

an equal amount of precipitate in each jar. When they discovered

that the beam could penetrate a concrete wall and still have the

same effect on the water, it became a whole new ball game. Noth-ing seemed to block the energy this device was producing.

At the time, they didn’t know what it was about the beam that

altered the atomic structure of what stood in the range of the beam.

All they could really say was that it generated an increase in energy

and created positive effects. Whatever the beam did to the water

was making people feel better and return to health, so they knew

that they were onto something. These experiments were conducteddaily for about six months. (A full description and all the details

surrounding Slim’s early research and discoveries will be covered

in a separate chapter.)



❍ 42 ❍


At this point it required twelve hours for the pencil-thin cadu-

ceus beam to potentize a gallon of water. The demand for this elixir

was so high that they had to figure out how to make more of it,

faster. Necessity is the mother of invention, and it became obvious

that they needed to create a beam with a larger cross-section. And

so, out of this, the first Light-Life™ Ring was born.

The original ring was made out of a length of half-inch copper

cable joined together with a standard electrical clamp—but there

was a problem with it. Given that anything with two ends or twosides exhibits polarity, this early prototype on one side created a

field that produced positive effects, and the other side produced

effects that were more like a “death ray.” Before they could use it

for anything, they had to dowse to make sure the positive side was

facing whatever they were trying to energize or heal.

No one wanted to be responsible for an invention that had any

potential for producing negative effects, and as wonderful as thisdiscovery was, it needed to be fine-tuned. One day it dawned on

Slim that if he twisted the wire in a particular way, it would con-

form to the theory behind the caduceus winding and yield a device

that would generate a positive field of energy on both sides of the

ring. Astoundingly, this new version functioned as a superconduc-

tor without needing to be connected to a power source.

The Light-Life™

Ring as it exists now was discovered in 1991.Slim started cranking them out in the shop, fabricating each ring

one at a time. He made them available to people who understood

what they were and asked them to experiment and report back on

the effects they observed.

When the process of making one ring after another got mo-

notonous, out of boredom he decided to see what else he could do

with the same principles and the same lengths of copper wire. The Acu-Vac Coil, the Feedback Loop, and the Harmonizers were born

out of his desire for variety and to see how far he could expand

principles that appeared to have infinite potential.



❍ 43 ❍


Research with the ring and other discoveries relating to the use

of these tools and changing states of living organisms continues to

this day. The Harmonizer technology which developed a few years

after the ring discovery demonstrated the ability to change the state

of the larger environment at a significant range, getting rid of air

pollution and increasing the growth of plants and vegetation, even

dramatically reducing the crime rate in the city of Denver.

On April 2, 1997, the headline on the front page of the Rocky

Mountain News read, “DENVER AIR COMES CLEAN—Area

meets federal air pollution standards for the first winter since tests

began.” The improvement in the air quality in Denver was offi-cially attributed to limitations on wood burning and stricter auto-

emissions testing. If restrictions like these were all it took to clear

the air, then pollution would not be a problem anywhere on the

planet.

What the reporters at the Rocky Mountain News did not know:

Slim and Bill had been running a chorus of Harmonizers in strate-

gic locations all around Denver since 1994, and the large-scale fieldeffect created by these instruments had more to do with changing

the air quality than anything else. That is another nice thing about

Slim. He has never had a big urge to go around tooting his own

horn. All his efforts get played out behind the scenes, at the

grassroots level. He just goes about his business and gets the job

done.

By 1996 there was plenty of experiential proof that the Light-Life™ Tools had phenomenal effects, both in the area of healing

and in the area of environmental clearing. While each of them un-

derstood the quantum physics and the metaphysics behind this tech-

nology, they knew they needed an objective, hard scientific expla-

nation for why the tools worked the way they did.

In 1991 they were fortunate to be able to connect with Bob

Dratch and draw on his knowledge and expertise to help them gathersome scientific proof. Bob is a computer genius well-known for the

groundbreaking work he has done with frequencies of all kinds.

Slim and Bill were well aware that any frequency played



❍ 44 ❍


through the Harmonizers would widen their field effect. Their

early experiments with sound frequencies incorporated the work

of Sherry Edwards, a pioneer in the realm of sound healing.

Sherry’s information encouraged them to see how far these theo-

ries could be taken. It was no coincidence that Bob Dratch mate-

rialized when he did. Bob’s strong suit is his ability to harness

frequencies, and his input expanded their understanding of things

considerably.

With Bob’s help Slim and Bill were able to verify scientifically

that the light beam emanating from the Rings extended out ap-

proximately ten miles in both directions. They found that the Har-monizers had an even larger, toroidal field effect. This made it clear

that the beneficial force inherent in the structure of Slim’s tools

created positive effects over a distance.

Since water is essential to life, it was determined to use its fre-

quency to broaden and amplify the energy field created by theHarmonizers. Bob used his Molecular Scanner to capture the fre-

quency of the water molecule on tape, and they used that sound to

enlarge the field effect created by the tools. The Environmental

Clearing tapes and CDs that come with every Environmental and

Agricultural Harmonizer are Bob Dratch’s brainchild and repre-

sent a significant contribution to this wonderful technology.

They also worked with John Davis, a physicist in Boulder. Johnis a qualified scientist and electronics expert who had invented a

computerized system that could find flaws in any object by identi-

fying differences in light quality and shadow effects. At the time he

met Slim and Bill, John had a contract with the military to use this

device to detect structural failure in aircraft so that any dangerous

structural problems could be aborted prior to takeoff. John had

been using this system at the Rolf Institute in Boulder to detect differences in body structure before and after Rolfing sessions. Ar-

eas of pain or dislocation showed up as dark spots on the computer

screen.



❍ 45 ❍


Slim and Bill asked him to apply this instrument to a volunteer

who was troubled with a lot of shoulder pain. While John did this,

the two of them directed the beam from the caduceus coil toward

the point of pain, and as they did so, the pain disappeared. Simulta-

neously, the area on the computer screen that had been in shadow

brightened up and began to emit light.

Slim sent a set of tools to Hans Becker and asked him to test

them out in his electronics laboratory. Hans is an amazing genius

who has done incredible work in a private laboratory for years. He

is well known and respected in underground scientific circles. A

week of experiments with the Light-Life™ Tools prompted Hansto call Slim and say, “This is the most amazing electrical circuit I

have ever seen in my life!”

Subsequent tests done by Hans over the years have proved that

the rings are room-temperature superconductors, and that the en-

ergy they produce can be transmitted wirelessly over a distance.

Hans also discovered that the natural resonant frequency of the

ring is 144 megahertz. This number is a harmonic of light speedand of pure white light, according to the mathematics of harmon-

ics developed by Bruce Cathie, a New Zealander who has written

several books detailing his discoveries and calculations related to

harmonics of the earth. This light appears to be both captured and

broadcast by the tools.

Boyd Bushman, a senior research scientist at Lockheed Martin

with a lot of experience in physics and electronics and a hundredpatents to his credit, got a set of Slim’s tools to play with, too. Boyd’s

experiments conducted in an official laboratory confirmed every-

thing that Hans had discovered in his private lab.

The validation from reputable scientists of what Slim and his

colleagues knew to be true about the tools was a real shot in the

arm. The new issue was, how to get the technology out into the

world?By nature, Slim is a very laid-back kind of guy and not into

wheeling, dealing or promoting himself. The way things turned

out, he did not have to promote anything, because Drunvalo



❍ 46 ❍


Melchizedek came into the picture at that point. Drunvalo is widely

known as the disseminator of the Flower of Life teachings. He is an

amazing man and incredible teacher, and he has a deep inner com-

mitment to creating peace and harmony here on Earth at many

different levels. Since 1985 thousands of people all over the world

have gained an interest in what this man has to say, and his cred-

ibility and integrity are impeccable.

In 1997 Drunvalo was working directly with Bob Dratch, and

through that connection, he became familiar with Slim and his re-

search. Drunvalo began talking about Slim and the Light-Life™

Technology in all of his workshops, and he referred to Slim as “theman who had developed the technology to clear up 80 percent of

the pollution on the planet.” The fact that this old hillbilly had

figured out how to repair and heal the Great Mother hit home in a

really big way for the people attending the workshops, and pretty

soon everyone wanted to find out about and start using the tools.

Word of mouth spread the news further, and at the present

time there is a growing, grassroots group of people all over theplanet who are using the Light-Life™ Tools and directly experienc-

ing the capabilities of this superlative technology.

It’s amusing that Drunvalo Melchizedek turned Slim Spurling

into a superstar, because if anything, Slim is about as regular as a

human being can get. The limelight is now Slim’s cross to bear and

he wears it very well. Thanks to Drunvalo’s handling of the PR end

of things, the Light-Life™

Tools are out in the world, and we havea chance to solve our Earth’s serious problems.

Slim’s habit of doing everything the old-fashioned way has been a

hard one to break. As much as his mind may be way out on the

cutting edge of everything, the human part of him is so fundamen-

tal and basic that he is a paradox. The increasing demand for thetools and a heavier workshop load made it impossible for him to

approach his work in the same old way. Picture a musician who is

used to performing in honky-tonk bars suddenly being asked to



❍ 47 ❍


play at Madison Square Garden. Making rings one at a time was

not even coming close to getting the job done anymore. Slim had

to pump up the volume and change his act a little bit, but he was

clueless about what that even meant.

Around the time he connected with Drunvalo, Slim was “be-

tween wives” and doing geobiology workshops all over the place.

At a workshop in Munich he met and fell in love with Katharina

Kaffl, and the two of them were married in 2001. If it is true that

Slim Spurling’s life has been guided by the larger forces that weave

themselves out on the world stage, whoever sent Katharina to him

was all-seeing enough to bless her with a long list of abilities that Slim does not have.

The creative genius who had figured out how to transmute dark-

ness into light and transform everything here for the better was too

busy being incredible to know how to ground the vision: Slim

needed someone to help him bring it down to earth. It is common

knowledge that, “Behind every great man, there’s a woman.”

Katharina’s ability to tackle anything, combined with her devotionto her husband and their shared dream of a clean planet, supplied

the structure he was missing. Since her arrival, the grassroots move-

ment that began in the early nineties has expanded, and the Light-

Life™ Technology is now being put to use by people all over the

world.

Slim Spurling never knew for sure what the Master Plan was, be-

cause pioneers do not have maps—they are led by something else.

People whose purpose involves carving new paradigms go into the

unknown fueled with faith and the desire to install better and greater

possibilities. Only Slim’s guides were privy to the bigger picture,

and all they could do was whisper in his ear every now and then to

nudge him in the right direction. It is a good thing for all of us that he listens so well.

When one is guided by what is inside, life comes together in

much the same way that a photograph develops. Pieces of the



❍ 48 ❍


picture take shape a little at a time and eventually the whole im-

age emerges. Slim’s work and his awareness of his own purpose

have evolved gradually and grown naturally, the way anything that

is truly alive comes into being. The amazing technology he has

created is the product of his Beingness . Slim’s research and his dis-

coveries have flowed out of his life and his rare ability to just be

who he is.

What now manifests is the outward reflection of something

that was forged deep within him long before anyone could see it.

At this point, a much larger panorama has formed around him—

one that Slim is just now beginning to see and fully appreciate. Many others who share the same vision have entered the pic-

ture, and the Lone Ranger is no longer alone. Larger influences

that have been unfolding since the November 2003 Harmonic

Concordance have made it clear that the Light-Life™ Technology

will play a major role in restoring the planet to its natural state of

peace and harmony. If this sounds too good to be true, read on.

The impossible dream is about to become real.



❍ 49 ❍


EARLY DISCOVERIES

I never came upon any of my discoveries through the process of rational

thinking.

—Albert Einstein

Long before any hard scientific tests were performed to meas-

ure the effects of the Light-Life™ Tools, there were a myriad

of discoveries that were made as a matter of course during

their development. These unofficial observations are just as sig-

nificant and say as much about the tools and their effects as all of the official data that came later.

What follows is a compilation of information that was gath-

ered during the early years of research into the true nature of this

technology. While none of it is necessarily hard scientific proof,

real knowledge is not always acquired by confining oneself exclu-

sively to what is written in books or what goes on in the labora-

tory.So much of what we learn about anything comes to us through

fieldwork and hands-on experience. When that information gets

added to what is scientifically provable, it widens our understanding



❍ 50 ❍


significantly. Slim and Bill’s early discoveries were phenomenal, and

there is enough substance to all of them to warrant including some

of them here.

Early Discoveries Relating to the Caduceus CoilSlim and Bill built their first caduceus rod in about twenty minutes

using an iron rod and a discarded lamp cord. They plugged it into

a power source and began doing experiments on ordinary Denver

tap water. Directing the caduceus beam through a jar of water over-

night precipitated several milligrams of visible metals and miner-als. These consisted mostly of quartz and feldspars with pannable

metals trailing behind the lighter fractions.

Isolating these precipitates they found gold, silver, copper, zinc,

and enough mercury to make the water hazardous to anyone drink-

ing it. To eliminate the possibility that the precipitates were com-

ing from the pipes, they filtered the water through several coffee

filters before treating it with the caduceus coil.Up to twelve jars of filtered tap water in a row could be treated

by running the beam through all of them. Overnight, an equal

amount of precipitate appeared in each jar. It appeared that the

caduceus beam had the capacity to penetrate over a distance through

glass and water. This experiment was repeated daily over a six-month

period with consistent results. They later found that the force com-

ing out of the rod could penetrate a concrete wall and still have thesame effect on the water, producing the same amount of precipi-

tate in each container.

Hodgkin’s Disease After Slim and Bill realized that water treated with the caduceus

coil had healing properties, they knew that they had to create abeam with a larger cross-section. This realization led to the dis-

covery of the first version of the Light-Life™ Ring. This one dif-

fered from later ones in that it had a positive and negative side to it:



❍ 51 ❍


one side produced a positive and the other a negative effect.

When they placed a gallon of water in the positive field of the

ring, they found that the aura of the water expanded from about

one inch, untreated, to about four feet when treated. This increase

in energy occurred instantaneously, which meant that it no longer

took twelve hours to produce potentized water. They did long-

term experiments, drinking the water themselves and offering it to

people who suffered from various ailments, from multiple sclerosis

to Hodgkin’s disease.

The Hodgkin’s disease patient was a powerful attorney who

had plenty of insurance coverage and had undergone every pos-sible medical test. When they heard that he was already scheduled

for bone marrow surgery, Slim and Bill suggested that he try drink-

ing the ring-treated water. After about six weeks on the water treat-

ment the man underwent more tests and the doctors found noth-

ing wrong. Since there was no way for them to account for this

miracle, they explained it away by calling it a “misdiagnosis.”

Their “misdiagnosis” had cost this man two rounds of chemo-therapy and radiation treatments. He lost all of his hair, not to

mention time at work, and was extremely debilitated. As he contin-

ued to drink the water, his condition improved, and he eventually

cured himself of Hodgkin’s disease. This case introduced Slim and

Bill to the real healing potential of water treated with the Light-

Life™ Ring.

The “Ammonia Event” The early prototype of the ring had either a positive or negative

effect, depending on which side was facing up. A trained clairvoy-

ant easily sees a golden glow or bright golden light emanating from

the positive side of the ring. In their experiments Slim and Bill

always carefully marked the positive side so as to eliminate any possibility of creating negative or destructive effects.

During this period of time Slim and Bill had a number of large-

scale hazardous chemical reactions going on in the laboratory. Slim



❍ 52 ❍


was inhaling toxic ammonium sulfide fumes daily, and his health

began to decline. One day, in total disgust with all the poison he

was inhaling, he laid a two-by-four over one of the 250-gallon tanks

of ammonia solution and placed a ring on top of it with the positive

side facing down.

The ring remained on the tank overnight and Slim was amazed

the next morning to find that there were no fumes emanating from

the solution in the treated tank. The lab still smelled of ammonia

gas because the second vat had not been treated, but there was no

trace of odor coming from the tank with the ring on it. This was

one of those “White Crows” that flies through a laboratory now and then to point the research and discovery process toward the

truth.

Excited by this anomaly Slim quickly called it to Bill and Chuck’s

attention, but they were not the least bit impressed and chalked up

the absence of fumes to evaporation. Angered at their indifference

to what in his mind was a major discovery, Slim got up on the cat-

walk next to the untreated tank and, using only his hands and a lot of emotion, he “drove a bolt of his own energy into the tank.” Then

he walked outside to calm down a bit. When he reentered the lab a

few minutes later, lo and behold! There were absolutely no toxic

fumes coming out of the second tank either.

All of us have the capacity to output transmutational energy.

We aren’t taught this in school, but it’s an aspect of our beingness

that can be developed if there is a desire to do it. As Slim puts it, heis “fairly well trained” in the use of this energy and knows how to

tap it whenever he needs it. And he is adept in its use for healing

purposes or for making changes of state, whether of states of mat-

ter, or of physical, mental, or emotional states.

The “Ammonia Event” proved to Slim that there is a definite

connection between the normal human energy field, or the ability

of the human animal to emit transmutational energy, and the en-ergy field of the ring. That event demonstrated to him that the

“Life Energy” in the ring is identical to the “Life Energy” inherent

in the human energy field.



❍ 53 ❍


The fact that the toxins in the tanks were eliminated both by

the ring and through the use of his will acting through his own

energy field made him realize that toxins can be neutralized by life

energy. It’s such a simple concept. But all of the secrets of the uni-

verse are ultimately quite simple, when you get right down to it.

What Slim learned that day in the lab was that the life force or the

God force is the active component inside the tensor field of the

ring. He also learned that this force can change anything for the

better.

Extending this realization to the Harmonizer technology that

came a few years later, Slim and Bill found that they could createbeneficial changes in the state of the environment at large over a

significant range. The large-scale field effect of the Harmonizers

amplified by frequencies was found to eliminate air pollution, re-

duce crime statistics, and increase the growth of plants and other

living organisms.

At the time none of them completely understood the Ammo-

nia Event. It was definitely a discovery of some scientific signifi-cance, and only in retrospect has Slim been able to make certain

statements about it. It marked the beginning of a research project

that continues to this day. That research has been funded by the

understanding that there is a direct correspondence between the

presence or use of a ring or coil and improving conditions, or im-

proving conditions in states of living organisms, whether they be

plant or animal.

Positive and Negative Effects The original rings consisted of just a single piece of copper wire. A

single-wire ring produces two fields of opposite polarities, one on

either side of the plane of each ring.

Slim and Bill were always careful to dowse each ring with apendulum to determine which side was plus or minus. The positive

side always produced a clockwise spin and the negative side would

cause the pendulum to spin to the left, or counterclockwise. It is



❍ 54 ❍


important here to understand that this particular idea of positive

and negative is not related to electrical polarities. In this case the

“positive” field of the ring produces “positive” effects and the “nega-

tive” field produces “negative” effects.

To observe these effects they conducted some simple empirical

tests. Slim inoculated ready-made petri dish cultures with samples

of ordinary house dust. He placed one plate in the positive field of

a ring for an hour, a second plate in the negative field for an hour,

and used a third plate as a control. These were then incubated in a

“hot box,” a homemade chamber for maintaining an even tempera-

ture.Overnight the culture that had been treated in the negative field

of the ring was completely filled with a black fungus known as

Mucor, along with three or four less aggressive species of fungus.

The control dish showed a minor growth of an eighth to a quarter

of an inch. The dish that had been placed in the positive field of the

ring showed specimens that were quite distinct, which even after two

weeks of culture, however, grew no larger than a small fingernail.It appeared that the growth rate of organisms like bacteria as-

sociated with ordinary decay was deterred or suppressed by the

positive energy coming out of the positive side of the ring. And it

was just as clear that the negative side of the ring caused the same

organisms to grow with extraordinary vigor.

They undertook another test using water. A Dixie cup full of

water was set inside the positive field of a ring and a second sample was placed alongside it outside the ring a few feet away. Both samples

were marked and placed in the freezer for as long as it took them to

turn to ice. The sample treated in the ring didn’t freeze nearly as

fast as the untreated sample, and it formed a different crystal pat-

tern obvious to the eye in a semi-frozen state. The ring actually

alters the physical state of water.

An example of how the rings’ capacity to lower the freezingpoint of water was put to practical use involved a ranch-owner friend

of Slim’s in Western Colorado, who called him one day to order up

a batch of rings. He told Slim that there had been a cold snap, and



❍ 55 ❍


his stock watering tanks were freezing up. Naturally, he wanted to

keep them open for the animals.

The rancher had found that in bitterly cold weather, up to eight

inches of ice could form overnight in every tank, and he had to

chop through this ice so the animals could drink. He wanted more

rings because the only part of the water that did not freeze was a

six-inch circle directly above a ring that had been left on the bot-

tom of each tank. In this case the rings not only served the animals,

they made life much easier for the rancher.

In a subsequent test they experimented with water in a differ-

ent way. Using two identical weights of water in laboratory glass- ware they treated the first sample with a ring for an hour and used

sample number two as a control. Each sample was then placed on

either side of a laboratory-grade balance scale. Over a twelve-hour

period, the ring-treated sample weighed slightly less than the con-

trol sample. This gave them another form of comparison, and the

experiment was repeated daily over a period of six months with

only slight variations in results. Attempts to correlate this result with natural phenomena, such

as the phase of the moon, produced no positive results. The ex-

periment has been repeated in numerous locations around the globe,

and the results are always the same.

Experiments continued for up to six weeks while the treated

water sample evaporated, and at a slower rate than the untreated

sample. Nevertheless, it still weighed less than the untreated sample.In other words, the greater volume weighed less than the lesser volume!

It’s a bit of a mystery, but the facts are there, and this phenomenon

can be duplicated. The ring effect appears to physically alter the

structure of water.

Heart Trouble, A Pinched Nerve, and A SpinalRealignment A mutual friend and research associate who had been injured in a

swimming accident some fifteen years earlier suffered from inter-



❍ 56 ❍


mittent heart problems that caused him to be hospitalized repeat-

edly. Doctors could not find anything wrong with his heart, how-

ever, and it appeared as if the real trouble was coming from a pinched

nerve. Whenever this man moved the wrong way, the nerve would

be pinched, setting off a heart-related aberration that would put

him in the hospital. He also had difficulty moving his legs in the

morning, because the pressure on the nerve would put his legs to

sleep or paralyze them.

Slim and Bill took to working on him with the early positive/

negative version of the ring. On one occasion, after receiving a

couple of rings as test units, the man decided to once and for all ridhimself of his heart problems. Inadvertently, he placed the nega-

tive side of the ring over his heart, and it immediately stopped.

About the time he hit the floor he said, “Oops!” realizing what he’d

done, and quickly turned over the ring. His heart started right up

again.

He decided to remain on the floor for a few minutes just to pull

himself together and figure out what was going on. He slipped afew rings under his back along the length of the spine and contin-

ued to lie there for about forty-five minutes. At the end of this

time, the entire spine went into a spontaneous realignment. He

could hear the snapping and popping and crackling and reported

this to Slim and Bill by telephone.

From that time until he died of natural causes ten years later,

the man was free of any heart problems. His complexion went fromgray to pink, his circulation was fine, and he lived the last ten years

of his life in perfect health.

Stormy WeatherBy this time Slim and Bill were getting pretty excited about the

results they were seeing with the rings. One afternoon, after somethunderclaps and a bit of lightning, Slim saw that a little storm was

about to blow through.

Most country people know that a gray-green tinge in the



❍ 57 ❍


clouds can mean a tornado, and this cloud cover looked heavy

and gray-green. When the lightning began to pick up, Slim

grabbed a ring and moved it along his view of the storm front,

sweeping it back and forth with the beam of the ring pointing

right into the path of the storm. In less than a minute, the light-

ning in the vicinity stopped.

He got on the phone and called Bill, who lived about five miles

away, and told him what had happened. Slim told him to take a ring

and try the same thing down in his area. Fifteen minutes later, Bill

called him back and reported that after sweeping the ring across

the storm front, he had gotten exactly the same results.

Bob DratchIt was becoming clear that the ring’s energy beam, easily visible to

clairvoyants, was effective over a distance. After successfully avert-

ing the storm, Slim and Bill knew that they needed to get a differ-

ent kind of authoritative input on exactly what the rings were allabout. They decided to contact and arrange a visit with Bob Dratch.

Bob has done a tremendous amount of groundbreaking work

and is well known for his research into frequencies of all kinds. He

had a unique instrument of his own design known as a “Molecular

Scanner.” Slim and Bill showed Bob a ring and a Harmonizer, and

he took time out from his extremely full research schedule to make

a couple of scans of both tools. These scans resulted in a spectrumanalysis of their precise frequencies and beautiful graphic print-

outs that resemble mandalas or crystalline structures. Much credit

goes to Bob for his contributions toward the understanding of these

tools.

John Davis—Long Form Around the same time they were working with Bob, Bill was get-

ting some Rolfing sessions at the Rolf Institute in Boulder, Colo-

rado. He became acquainted with a young scientist by the name of



❍ 58 ❍


John Davis, who was attending the Rolf Institute for treatment of

injuries incurred from a hit-and-run accident.

John is a qualified scientist, physicist, and electronics expert.

He had invented a device that could photograph any object and

locate flaws in it due to differences in light quality or shadow ef-

fects. At the time Slim met him, John had a contract with the United

States military to use this system to detect structural failure in air-

craft.

While at the Rolf Institute, John used this invention to check

differences in body structure before and after a Rolfing session.

Images on a computer screen showed dark spots or shadows corre-sponding to areas of pain or dislocation in the human body. Ab-

sence of light indicated a flaw or a painful point.

Along with the shadow image, John was able to determine a

spectral analysis of the computer image, allowing him to precisely

identify the portion of the spectrum containing the light that his

machine registered.

Slim and Bill asked John to apply this instrument to a person sothat they could visibly test the effects of the caduceus-wound coil.

A volunteer with a sore shoulder offered his services, and the com-

puter image showed a dark shadow all around the painful area.

The caduceus coil was directed at the man’s shoulder from a

distance of thirty feet away, and the image on the screen immedi-

ately brightened. What had been a dark spot actually began to emit

light. At the same moment, the volunteer reported that the pain inhis shoulder was gone and that he felt completely normal.

Next the experimenters prevailed upon John to help them do

some tests on a couple of water samples, one treated with the ring

and the second as a control. The untreated sample showed a low-

level spectrum in the image on the screen. The treated sample

showed an enormous spectrum of light, greater in quantitative out-

put, showing not only the full, visible spectrum, but also infraredand ultraviolet light.

Using a third jug of water and taking a sample of it first, they

set the jug in a ring. John’s device showed that a change in the



❍ 59 ❍


water occurred instantaneously. The moment it was placed in the

positive field of the ring, it began to emit light. This really excited

all of them, because it indicated that something about the ring

caused the water to fluoresce. According to everything they could

find in physics books, this effect is rather difficult to accomplish.

Normally, huge amounts of energy are required to get water to

fluoresce in any portion of the visible spectrum.

The significance of this event is that a hard science test using

an instrument compared precisely with observations made by sev-

eral of their clairvoyant friends. This marked the beginning of the

joining of hard science and metaphysics, the point where two seem-ingly opposite perspectives appeared to be in agreement regarding

the ring and its effect on water.

Bringing together the abilities of clairvoyantly gifted individu-

als with output from scientific instruments has become an integral

part of Slim’s research. Over time he has observed, and is now quite

clear about the fact, that physics and metaphysics are one and the

same thing.

Two Pieces of Wire The unfortunate incident involving the man with the bad heart

demonstrated to Slim and Bill that they were playing with fire. It

was too dangerous to have a ring with two polarities that could be

mistaken one for the other.Rethinking the whole problem of the ring, Slim went back to

the workbench in the shop and thought out the whole concept of

polarity. Since they had determined that positive effects accompa-

nied a right-hand spin, Slim took a piece of wire and doubled it

back on itself putting both positive and negative polarities at each end

once it was cut. With the polarities running in opposite directions,

the two wires were then twisted together to the right, bent into aring, and soldered together. This made a somewhat heavier device,

but testing with a pendulum revealed that it had a positive energy

field on both sides. A clairvoyant confirmed this orientation.



❍ 60 ❍


As far as Slim knows, it is not possible to test this electroni-

cally. It can be sensed by the extrasensory perception of a clair-

voyant and felt by a person who is kinesthetic, but it has yet to be

verified by a scientific instrument. Slim is comfortable with the

clairvoyants’ conclusions, because they have compared favorably

with the results from scientific instrumentation used in many other

tests.

The Tensor As Slim and Bill continued to explore the properties of the ringusing scientific methods, many more empirical trial and error ex-

periments were done. One of the things they realized by now was

that the open center of the ring, or the plane of the ring, contains

what is known as a tensor field.

Slim first ran across the concept of the tensor in Geometro-dy-

namics , by John Archibald Wheeler and published by the Italian

Journal of Physics in 1957. Wheeler was a physicist at PrincetonUniversity who had worked with Einstein and trained many im-

portant theoretical physicists. In this book Wheeler described what

a tensor would look like. A loop of wire, dipped into a soap solu-

tion, emerges with a film of soap across the empty space of the

loop. According to Wheeler, this is the perfect illustration of a ten-

sor. Complicated and complex mathematical equations proving the

existence of this minimal surface accompanied the description.Slim does not completely understand the mathematics, but af-

ter years of experience with the tools and the ring in particular, he

is confident that the tensor exists in the ring. It can be seen, it can

be felt, and the results of the energy field projected from that sur-

face form a cylindrical beam. The tensor appears to be the source

of another kind of energy, one that as yet has no name. Whatever

the source of this energy beam, it appears to create an effect over adistance.

Technically speaking, the ring opening is a tensor. While

the mathematical definitions of tensors are extremely complex,



❍ 61 ❍


a tensor can be described as a distortion in a space/time/gravity

grid resulting from the presence of a particular geometry or

shape. One of the properties of a tensor field is that it transmits

and transfers energy.

In one of his experiments, Slim pointed a laser beam through

the ring to see if this would in any way alter the appearance of the

laser. Holding the ring in his fingers, pointing the laser beam

through it, and looking at the spot on the far side of the room did

not alter the beam or make any visible difference. If he tipped the

plane of the ring or spoke while doing this exercise, he could not

discern any change in the laser spot. After a few minutes, however, as Slim held the ring he could

feel a distinct tingling sensation in his fingers. If he took the laser

away, the tingling subsided in a minute or two. When he pointed

the laser back into the ring, his fingers would begin tingling again.

The empty space inside the ring conveyed the energy of the

laser beam to the ring itself. The laser had not been directed at the

circumference of the ring. It had been aimed only through the open-ing. This lateral transfer of energy became perceptible as a neuro-

logical response in the fingers.

The tensor properties of the ring are extremely important and

have a great deal to do with its effectiveness in changing condi-

tions. The quality of the energy that is transferred is what is impor-

tant, however, and that quality appears to be partially due to the

precise measurements used in the ring construction.

Hans BeckerBill Ramsey, a gravity field researcher inspired by the original non-

mainstream research of former General Electric engineer Greg

Hodowanek, introduced Slim to Hans Becker in 1998. Bill is to be

commended for his “matchmaking” abilities, because Slim and Hanshave worked successfully together ever since. Hans Becker is a ge-

nius doing cutting-edge research in his own private, rather elabo-

rate, electronics and radio laboratory.



❍ 62 ❍


After they got acquainted, Slim sent Hans a set of the tools, a

ring, a coil, a Feedback Loop, and a Harmonizer. He asked him to

put them to the test in his lab. After a week or so Hans called Slim

to say, “This is the most amazing electrical circuit I have ever seen

in my life!” The output of the rings contained a broader spectrum

of frequencies, from electromagnetic to scalar, than Hans had ever

detected from a single source.

In subsequent tests over intervening years, Hans has found that

the rings are room-temperature superconductors. He has also been

able to prove scientifically that the energy from the ring can be

transmitted across a distance of ten to fifteen miles. The energy isnot a radio transmission, for it does not show up on any of Hans’s

radio frequency bands. It represents a kind of energy that is not yet

measurable or detectable by ordinary scientific instruments.

According to Hans, the natural resonant frequency of the ring

is 144 megahertz, exactly matching the harmonic of the speed of

light, according to the calculations of Bruce Cathie, a New

Zealander who researches planetary frequencies. This relationshipimplies that the rings resonate with speed-of-light frequencies, in-

creasing their positive effect.

Boyd BushmanSlim’s father introduced Slim to Boyd Bushman. Boyd was a senior

research scientist at Lockheed Martin in Dallas with about a hun-dred patents to his credit and a considerable background in physics

and electronics. Boyd had the run of a laboratory in Dallas and did

pretty much as he pleased as far as research goes.

Slim passed a set of rings along to him, and Boyd verified what

Hans Becker had discovered in his laboratory. In a three-way con-

versation between Hans, Boyd, and Slim, Boyd confirmed Hans’s

conclusions about the frequency range emanating from the tensor. Two independent laboratories, one official and the other private,

now cross-confirmed the discoveries of the other regarding elec-

trical, electronic, and energetic aspects of the ring.



❍ 63 ❍


Biofeedback Another instrument that has been used to test the Light-Life™ Tools

is the biofeedback machine. Slim was given a high-quality biofeed-

back machine by a woman who no longer needed it. In Bob Dratch’s

laboratory, they made some minor repairs and decided to check it

out with the tools.

Slim hooked the electrodes from the machine up to his shoul-

der and his wrist. From a distance of four feet away Bob slowly

approached him, holding a coil out toward Slim’s arm. When he

got about two feet from Slim the buzzing signal of the meter on

the machine began to indicate changes. The sensitivity indicator on a biofeedback machine has a sepa-

rate knob, and as the knob is turned, the sensitivity level with which

it senses and records resistance or galvanic skin response increases.

If there is any resistance, the user hears hear a high-pitched sound.

Through relaxation techniques or meditation, one can learn how

to lower resistance, requiring a higher level of sensitivity on the

part of the machine to maintain the needle in the zero position orto maintain an audio signal.

As Bob got closer to Slim with the coil, the needle began to

move off the dial and the sound signal was lost. Slim then began

to turn the sensitivity settings to the highest levels. The closer

Bob got to Slim’s arm with the coil, the more it became impos-

sible to keep the machine in balance indicating any kind of resis-

tance. By the time Bob was eight or nine inches away from Slim,there was absolutely no signal on the machine. It was almost as if

Slim was a person with perfect conductivity. There was zero skin

resistance.

They repeated the same test several times in the course of the

afternoon, and found not only that the effect of the coil reduced

the galvanic skin response, but that this effect would persist for

quite a period of time, with the skin resistance remaining low. The practice of biofeedback is a process of learning to relax, to

keep the skin resistance low, and to reduce tension in the body. It is

commonly used as a method to induce self-healing for certain



❍ 64 ❍


conditions. Using the coil induces a relaxed condition and a high

state of conductivity, rather than resistance, so that healing can

occur.

UltravioletUsing a state-of-the-art spectroscopic analysis system, Hans Becker

determined that something about the ring caused water to emit

ultraviolet radiation. Just placing a container of water in the center

of a ring would, after only a short period of time, cause the water to

emit light in the form of ultraviolet radiation.Ultraviolet frequencies are related to good health. The healthy

body normally has mechanisms by which bio-photons of ultravio-

let are produced. Consuming water that emits ultraviolet has a ger-

micidal effect and inhibits the growth and life cycle of any disease-

producing organisms that might be in the body. Inside the body,

water enters the cellular and intercellular fluids and the bloodstream,

providing a simple mechanism for the disruption of disease-pro-ducing organisms.

If we keep in mind that the body is approximately 70 percent

water, it is easy to take this concept one step further. When a hu-

man being or an animal steps into the center of a ring and the ring

is passed up and down the length of the body, the water in the body

is “charged,” the same way a jug of water is “charged,” due to the

tensor properties of the ring. It seems reasonable to speculate that this would engender a spontaneous emission of ultraviolet within

the bodily tissue and create a bacteriostatic or virustatic state with-

out its even touching the body.

What we have, then, is a noninvasive method for reducing bac-

terial or viral infections. The early experiments with the ring sup-

ported this conclusion when the positive field of the ring enhanced

suppression of bacterial and fungal organisms in petri dishes. Slimand Bill were on the right track from the beginning, but the ad-

vance of the ring technology through the use of two wires pro-

duced a device with nothing but positive effects. The absence of



❍ 65 ❍


negative energy combined with the effects of the 144 megahertz

frequency seem to be the key components for beneficial treatment

of water with the rings, whether in vivo or in vitro. These key com-

ponents also give us a clue to the effectiveness of the ring in treat-

ing various conditions.

Coyote . . . Optics . . . Shoemaker-Levy Comet. . . Deep-Space Telescopes

Another test done within a scientific format involved the critical

observation powers of a trained specialist. There were no measur-ing instruments, double-blind tests, or electronics used in this par-

ticular instance, only the human eye. The eye is a precision instru-

ment and as finely tuned as any mechanical or electronic device.

To tell this story, we have to go back to Slim’s first meeting

with Coyote, a master telescope-builder who grinds his own lenses

and builds entire telescopes from scratch in his own workshop. His

skill in this craft is renowned in certain circles.Coyote’s telescopes are constructed with only three pieces of

glass in the optical system, instead of the customary five to nine.

His approach takes the optics for deep-space telescopes to a sim-

pler level by creating higher levels of precision and analysis in the

mathematics and technical aspects of producing a scope.

The Shoemaker-Levy comet crash into Jupiter brought Slim

and Coyote together. This astronomical event had been so longpredicted that they had plenty of time to arrange a meeting to ob-

serve the event together. Coyote provided an eight-inch reflector

telescope of his own construction that he used regularly for deep-

space work, and Slim provided a very heavy gauge wire coil.

A week before the comet was to appear, Slim installed the coil

around the barrel of the scope. The big telescope was mounted

next to a four-inch spotting telescope that Coyote had also built.During the earlier viewing hours on the evening of this event, they

had the opportunity to observe other celestial phenomena and to

compare the two telescopes.



❍ 66 ❍


Coyote happened to mention that the smaller, four-inch spot-

ting scope normally showed a certain measurable amount of dis-

tortion. The larger, eight-inch reflector telescope with Slim’s coil

on it contained Coyote’s finely tuned optical systems. Due to its

larger magnification, however, it could happen that there would be

eight to ten times more distortion in it than in the smaller one. On

this night Coyote was surprised to find thirty two times LESS distor-

tion in the larger, deep-space telescope than in the smaller, spotting

scope.

For Coyote, this was an eye-opener. Slim recalls watching him

pace back and forth in the observatory. He says he could almost seethe wheels turning in Coyote’s head as he considered what it might

mean to design a telescope of superior quality, incorporating the

rings in its construction. Unfortunately, due to circumstances, this

never happened.

On the same evening, Slim took a large ring and, without touch-

ing the eight-inch scope or the coil around it, they were able to

pass the plane of the ring down the length of the big telescope.Coyote was looking through the eyepiece and could see that each

time the tensor field of the ring passed a loop of the coil, the focus

of the image in the scope would change.

Since gravity bends light, it follows that the tensor field of the

ring had some bearing and relationship to the gravity field. Some-

how or other, and in combination with the effect of the big coil,

what could be seen through the eyepiece of the telescope was that the ring actually changed the focal length of this device.

There was more: in the dim light of the observatory, they could

see a bluish light in the plane of the tensor that would flicker each

time it passed a turn of the coil. This seemed to further prove the

existence of the tensor. It also showed them that the tensor was

able to affect not only the quality of materials at which it was aimed,

but also the quality of light and the quality of materials over whichit passed.

To emit light from an empty space means that there must be a

spider-web-like energy field, a thin, very tenuous geometric form



❍ 67 ❍


in the plane of the ring. As this field of energy passed the loops in

the coil, it stimulated the emission of a faint light. This bluish-

white light appeared brightly enough to see in the dim conditions

of evening light on the outskirts of the city.

Since that time, the same phenomenon has been replicated in

darkened rooms and under many different conditions. Once the

eyes get accustomed to the darkness, holding the ring at an angle

to the viewer, the tensor can be readily seen by anyone with normal

vision. Clairvoyant vision is unnecessary: any viewer with ordinary

vision who looks closely can see it.

At their first meeting, breakfast at the Stouffer Hotel at the oldDenver Airport, Slim and Coyote observed the ability of the rings

to change the refractive index of glass. Subsequent to this discov-

ery, the technique was applied to a deep space telescope to observe

the Shoemaker-Levy comet crash into Jupiter. The sun streaming

through the dining room windows and its effect on the water glasses

on the dining table gave them an opportunity to make yet another

ring discovery. There were no instruments present. This discovery was made with the eyes and simple visual observation.

Anyone who has had lunch with Slim knows that he always

puts a ring around his water glass. The two of them could see

how the prismatic effect of the sunlight coming through the glass

and water painted a rainbow on the white tablecloth. Placing a

second glass of water with no ring around it next to Slim’s glass, it

was obvious that there was a distinct difference in the quality of the light it reflected on the cloth. The glass without a ring pro-

duced a rainbow that was fuzzy and dim. The glass with the ring

around it created a prismatic effect that was sharp and clear with-

out any distortion.

This may seem like no big deal, but Slim sees and understands

things on levels to which most of us are oblivious. He already knew

that the energy field of the ring changed the structure and spectraloutput of water. The difference in the quality of reflected light on

the white tablecloth showed him that the rings also have the capac-

ity to alter the refractive index of water and glass. This may also



❍ 68 ❍


apply to why the deep space telescope showed thirty-two times less

distortion than the smaller scope.

Phillip Callahan, Pete Jackson, and Para-magnetismIn 2001 Pete Jackson and Phil Callahan wanted to do some scien-

tific tests with Slim’s rings. Pete Jackson does research into new

technology for the Department of Defense and for industry as well.

Phil Callahan is a well-known author of books on natural science.

He writes about everything from the function of light, to the func-tion of various natural chemicals or scent molecules from animals

and plants, to paramagnetism in rocks and soils.

Phil has researched these things officially as an entomologist

with the Department of Agriculture and unofficially for his own

interest. He has spoken at the Acres USA Conference for the past

twenty years. His recent book on the topic of paramagnetism and

how it affects the growth of plants and agricultural crops delvesinto the ways in which paramagnetic substances or materials con-

tribute to an increase in health or to a recovery in health.

Slim got together with Pete and Phil in December 2000 to dis-

cuss what the two of them had discovered about the rings. Their

findings verified that the rings and the coils have a very high para-

magnetic value. Paramagnetism can be measured by expensive

meters found in the best-equipped laboratories. For reference, oxy-gen and certain granitic substances, like the pink Aswan granite

that lines the King’s Chamber of the Great Pyramid, have a high

paramagnetic value of 3000.

Phil invented a special detector for agricultural purposes. While

it is not as accurate as some of the higher-cost instruments, it does

provide correct and easily obtainable results, especially for testing

agricultural soils. Highly paramagnetic soils are the best growingsoils, because they have high oxygen content and the capacity to

contain sufficient quantities of water.

Oxygen, having a paramagnetic value of 3000, by itself adds to



❍ 69 ❍


the quality and fertility of a soil already high in paramagnetism.

According to the work of Fritz-Albert Popp, given these condi-

tions, the water in the soil emits light photons in the root zone,

thereby contributing to reduction of the number of parasites in the

soil that could adversely affect a plant.

Pete and Phil rated the paramagnetism of the rings at 18,000!

This is six times the greatest value of the highest naturally para-

magnetic substances known. Given this information, it is easy to

understand why a ring placed around a sick house plant would cause

it to revive, become green, and its leaves fill with water. Another

example is given below in an early field report from a student of Slim’s in Washington state.

The Resurrected ShamrockSlim’s student had a shamrock plant that was pretty much dead.

There wasn’t a living shoot on it. For the sake of experiment, she

watered the shamrock and placed a ring around it. Oddly enough,she positioned the ring at a forty-five degree angle, and perhaps

this has some bearing on the result.

Within twenty-four hours, she was able to report to Slim that

the plant had produced four-inch shoots and was bright and green

with a full crop of leaves.

No one is claiming that the rings can resurrect the dead, but

Slim’s files are filled with similar, equally amazing stories. One of Slim’s California students had placed a ring around a house plant

to bring it back to life. The plant was perched on top of a dead

palm tree log that served as a pedestal. Not only did the house

plant flourish, the log sprouted leaves and put down roots ! We’re talk-

ing about the resurrection of a dead stick of firewood here! Per-

haps there was a living cell or spark in it somewhere, because it

literally came back to life. These two interesting and worthy examples from Slim’s

archive of anecdotal reports are documented with photographs,

so he has no hesitation about presenting this information. While



❍ 70 ❍


full laboratory studies to support the archive and to explore the

paramagnetism of the ring are a dream that Slim might never be

able to afford, many chemical, agricultural, and biological advances

are potentially available to anyone willing and able to make the

effort.

Although there are many more of Slim’s “early discoveries,” what’s

recorded here illustrates the degree of pioneering and the kind of

concern that has gone into the study of the Light-Life™ Tools. This

research began with no clear sense of where it would lead. What guided these efforts had less to do with rational thought processes

than it did with a willingness to remain open to all possibilities.

Late nights in the lab watching white crows and following them takes

courage. It is the spiritual warrior, not the scientist in Slim, who

came upon this remarkable technology.



❍ 71 ❍


DOWSING

Dowsing is just a way to focus intent, which is basically what a prayer is.

All I ever do is ask. I don’t really do anything myself.

—Raymon Grace

Long before Slim’s inventions received wide acclaim, he was

already nationally recognized as an expert dowser, especially

for his ability to dowse and clear negative frequencies. While

his attention has been drawn elsewhere over the years, Slim’s expe-

rience as a dowser is extensive. The knowledge he has accumulatedand the techniques he developed along with all of the fieldwork he

has accomplished are significant.

While dowsing may appear to have little to do with his later

inventions, the truth is that this background led him to them.

Dowsing for and clearing geopathic stress familiarized him with

the underlying physics and metaphysics of subtle energy phenom-

ena. Working wit these forces gave him the opportunity to exploremethods for clearing geopathic energies. His contribution in this

field is as important as everything else he has don.

To facilitate the reader’s understanding of everything that



❍ 72 ❍


follows, a brief explanation of dowsing and geopathic stress is in

order.

he theory that we live in a unified field is well understood in

metaphysical circles, and is now accepted as a reality in most scien-

tific circles as well. In layman’s terms, “unified field” means that

everything is part of and connected to everything else. Nothing is

separate.

When someone uses a pair of dowsing rods or a pendulum for

purposes of obtaining information, the mind has formed a ques-

tion or an intention. The thought waves generated by the inten-

tion are transmitted like electricity from the mind to the nerve end-ings in the hands and into whatever instrument is being used. The

“frequency” of the thought then interacts with the energy field of

the location, substance, or idea being dowsed. A response of some

kind will be picked up from the unified field. Some people feel that

the rods or the pendulum respond directly to the field itself, the

qualitative nature of the response being reflected in the way the

instrument moves. Others theorize that the human nervous systemserves as a linear antenna, giving and receiving information from

the field through the dowsing instrument. It then sends signals to

the musculature to produce micromovements that provoke the spe-

cific movements of the instrument.

As for geopathic stress, it occurs naturally all over the planet.

The ancients and the indigenous people have always known about

it for more than 5000 years. They were aware that the faults, fis-sures, underground streams and natural gases inside the earth cre-

ated lines of stress and produced radiations that were deleterious.

They understood how to detect negative frequencies and knew that

it was best to avoid them.

Nomadic tribes like Native Americans set up camps only in

places free of noxious energies. And in the British Isles and Brit-

tany, the many thousands of remaining standing stone circles andmenhirs provide examples of ancient coordinated efforts to utilize

beneficial energies.

After the Second World War, Ernst Hartmann, a German



❍ 73 ❍


medical doctor using modern methodology, rediscovered what the

ancients had known. This rediscovery loaned credence to the no-

tion of the reality of geopathic stress by scientifically proving its

existence and giving it a name.

Here’s the problem: it appears that naturally-occurring

geopathic stress has increased 300 or 400 percent over the last hun-

dred years. Stress conditions are found above underground mov-

ing streams of water, certain mineral deposits, faults, and rifts. These

systems produce vertical walls or curtains of negative energy that

can extend upward into the atmosphere about 30,000 feet, accord-

ing to Slim. The unprecedented modern use and overuse of elec-tricity has combined with these innate Earth frequencies to pro-

duce a grid that wraps around the planet like a web. These grid

lines are called Hartmann lines after the good doctor and they are

detrimental to living organisms.

The “lines” are approximately nine inches wide, but their width

increases to about thirty inches when the moon is full. From north

to south they are about six feet apart and from east to west they areeight feet apart. Anything located on a Hartmann line or wall will

experience an injurious affect.

Wherever these lines intersect, “knots” are formed. If your bed,

deskchair, office, work space, or any area where you spend a great

deal of time is located on a Hartmann line or a point where two or

more Hartmann lines intersect, it will affect the life force of what-

ever is in that space in a negative way. Slim feels that 90 percent of all illness is caused by these negative frequencies.

In the cities of the world, where the use of electricity runs off

the charts, geopathic stress is rampant and the crime rate soars.

The further away you get from civilization, the less geopathic stress

there is. For instance, Hartmann lines cannot be found in the densest

part of the Amazon jungle. And while there are naturally-occur-

ring forms of geopathic stress in remote areas, the absence of powerlines, cell phone towers, electrical substations, telephone wires and

the like make it impossible for Hartmann lines to form in those

locations.



❍ 74 ❍


Although there is some editing for continuity and clarity, al-

most everything in the remainder of this chapter has been down-

loaded word for word from Slim. The discussion is not in strictly

linear format. Slim is fond of the “circular” route! But as his line

of thought unfolds, things fall into place, making more and more

sense.

Slim on Dowsing and Geopathic StressSlim has been actively engaged in pursuing information about

geopathic stress since 1985. From the time of his first success at locating stress to the present day, dowsing has been the most im-

portant aspect, the underlying influence in everything that he does.

He feels that an understanding of dowsing will enhance the under-

standing of this presentation of his work.

Dowsing is something that is easily learned. Anyone can do it.

It’s been a common practice in many different cultures and it’s been

used in older cultures as a scientific tool. Evidence for this fact inthe Western world appears in the 1556 edition of De Re Metallica,

written by the brilliant German, Georgius Agricola. It features il-

lustrations showing men dowsing for minerals and mapping

geopathic stress zones.

Texts dating back 5000 years from China show how dowsing

was used to map out “Dragon” and “Tiger” lines. To the Chinese,

these lines were and are still considered to be powerful, therefore it was important to know the locations of the major lines. The absence

of Dragon or Tiger lines signified a proper location for a building

site. In our modern era the effect of these negative or deleterious

energy lines is considerably aggravated by the presence of electro-

magnetic transmissions: radio frequencies and the especially del-

eterious 60- and 50-hertz electrical distribution systems used in

America and Europe.Employing a dowser for locating water is commonplace in this

country, and the art of dowsing has been considerably elevated in

practice beyond the ordinary finding of water, oil, or minerals. Many



❍ 75 ❍


professional medical doctors in Europe, the United States, Canada,

and Mexico use dowsing as a diagnostic technique for assessing the

state of health or illness of a client. By this means they can locate

and identify specific nutritional, physiological, and emotional im-

balances in the system.

In the healing realm, dowsing has been used widely and suc-

cessfully in two areas. It is often used to select a proper remedy by

allowing the spin of a pendulum to determine which one corre-

sponds to a particular ailment. Various devices are employed. Ev-

ery dowser has a favorite technique that he or she will swear to be

the only valid one. Scientific investigation of the accuracy of dows-ing for healing has been conducted, and medical dowsing is com-

monplace in Europe and other cultures. The reader is referred par-

ticularly to the work of David V. Tansley, DC and the mid-twenti-

eth-century work of the French radiesthesists.

Dowsing is also used to locate and clear the destructive effects

that geopathic stress appears to have on the human body. Slim’s

experience shows a 95 to 98 percent correlation between geopathicstress and specific medical conditions, ranging from MS to cancer

to mental and emotional disturbances. Backing him up with nearly

identical data, to name just a few, are the German oncologist broth-

ers, Drs. Hartmann; Dr. Blanche Mertz, in her book, Points of Cos-

mic Energy; Dr. Hans Nieper; and the work on illness related to

stress imposed by electrical power grids documented by the Dulwich

Health Society in England.Slim includes clairvoyant observation as part of the production

process in the creation of the rings, coils, Feedback Loops and

Harmonizers that constitute the Light-Life™ Tools. As far as clair-

voyance goes, Slim says he’s not as gifted as some, rather just an

experienced observer, although many would argue that statement.

Determinations of the polarity of the wire are confirmed both with

a pendulum and by clairvoyant observation.It is also true that even with normal vision, many can see the

difference in the color of the aura at the end of a copper wire or a

metal rod.



❍ 76 ❍


The so-called South Pole or negative end of an object appears

to emanate the color red, and it will cause a pendulum to spin coun-

terclockwise. The North Pole, or the positive end, has a blue aura

and gives a clockwise spin. This rule of thumb is useful to know

and valuable when you want to make a quick evaluation of the po-

larity or properties of anything with a length, a thickness, or a width.

It is an easy way to determine the polar qualities of a substance, the

beneficial or detrimental biological qualities of a home or of a spe-

cific location, such as a geopathic zone.

A pair of L-rods or a pendulum can be used to locate vortexes.

The way the rods move or the spin direction of the pendulum inthe area of a vortex will indicate whether it is a positive or a nega-

tive energy field. These are active responses and they can be re-

lated to the gravity field or the unified field. During dowsing the

human aura interacts with the aura or gravity field of a geopathic

zone or substance. The innate sensitivity of the dowser, backed by

intention, “absorbs” the information about that location or sub-

stance according to whether it is emitting a positive or negativefrequency.

What is important about geopathic stress or vortex energies is

their relative direction of spin, either to the right or to the left. A

right-hand or clockwise spin indicates a positive zone (beneficial

effect on a biological system) and a left-hand or counterclockwise

spin indicates a negative zone (detrimental effect). The term “nega-

tive,” in this case, does not necessarily mean “detrimental”: a nega-tive zone may support, for instance, important organisms that bring

about essential decay and infection of organic matter, and without

these processes, life on earth would be impossible.

The actual presence of certain animals and plants indicates

geopathic stress, and we can locate them by observing their growth

habitats or noting the particular species occupying small vortex or

energy zones. Often a plant remedy for a particular human ailment will be found growing near the home of an ill person. The specific

herbal remedy for a particular malady will often thrive in the

geopathic stress zone that causes the condition.



❍ 77 ❍


In addition to these pinpointed energy phenomena, there are

large areas, perhaps many square miles in dimension, that give an

overall negative spin of the pendulum and where a predominance

of one particular disease occurs. When passing through a neigh-

borhood showing signs of geopathic stress, Slim made inquiries

and often found that households in a given neighborhood had one

or more members affected by a certain condition. Sometimes the

condition would affect only the men in the neighborhood and some-

times only the women. This gender bias related directly to the posi-

tive (male) or negative (female) spin in the geopathic zone that was

causing the condition, as well as to the overall frequency of the largerarea in which these zones existed.

It was mentioned earlier that Slim and Bill Reid pioneered a

method for reducing or eliminating geopathic stress from house-

holds and from entire neighborhoods. The work for their clients

succeeded so well that within a few years they developed quite a

significant reputation fueled simply by word of mouth. Wherever

they removed geopathic stress, their clients reported that theirsymptoms were relieved. Relief often occurred within hours, but

required more time in cases where the individual had been exposed

to these frequencies and geopathic elements for long periods of

time.

Both of them were able to make quite a good living, and after a

few years the demand for their work got so high that they had to

train other people to do the work. The amount of time requiredand the physical effort of going out to locate and neutralize

geopathic stress on several homes a day got to be too much for

them, so they turned to training several hundred people in Colo-

rado in their method. Their reputation spread nationally and they

started doing workshops around the country.

Since then thousands of people around the world have been

taught how to create simple, positive changes in the environment and in the health of the people who live in it. Slim asks his students

to train others, and they in turn train more, so that the original

effort has multiplied many times over. These people are engaged



❍ 78 ❍


in dowsing for geopathic stress and have created a safe space for

many thousands of people at this time.

Slim recommends, prior to the introduction of medical inter-

vention in any chronic disease, that geopathic stress be removed.

Supporting this idea are Dr. Ernst Hartmann, identifier of Hart-

mann lines, and Dr. Hans Nieper, an oncologist in Germany. In his

book, Revolution in Science, Medicine and Society, Doctor Nieper dis-

cusses his isolation of the causative factor in geopathic stress as a

reverse spin or a confused area of stress in the gravity field. More

recent information confirms that the gravity field is the controlling

factor for geopathic stress.

The Clearing TechniqueHere’s what Slim has to say about how to use dowsing rods to clear

geopathic stress and any other zone of negative energy.

The first thing you want to zero in on is the Hartmann grid.

It’s best if you knock it out right away. The Hartmann grid flowsfrom south to north and from west to east and it’s laid out mostly,

not in all cases but mostly, in a very regular matrix of about six-

and-a-half-by-eight-foot rectangles. Its predictable nature makes

it relatively easy to deal with. Sometimes blocking the Hartmann

grid serves to eliminate other geopathic stress lines, so giving it

priority saves you time and trouble.

The simplest way to neutralize the effects of this grid system isby burying one of Slim’s three-and-a-half cubit Light-Life™ Rings

directly under the nearest power-grid transformer box, if the unit

happens to be mounted on a pole. If you live in a modern subdivi-

sion where surface mounted units are more common, all you have

to do is lay a three-and-a-half cubit ring right on top of the trans-

former box.

If you do not have rings to work with, you can use dowsingrods to locate these lines. The technique is easy to learn: all you

have to do is say out loud, or to yourself, “I am looking for the

Hartmann grid lines,” and slowly walk forward, holding a pair of



❍ 79 ❍


L-rods, with that intention. Wherever they open, there is a line.

(This is part of what Slim teaches his students to do in his work-

shops, and even if it is hard at first to trust the fact that you have the

ability to dowse, eventually everyone gets the hang of it.)

The next energy zones to identify are the geopathic zones.

These are created by cracks, fissures, water veins, sewer lines, bur-

ied electrical wires or any number of different influences.

Geopathic zones can run through a location from any angle and

they can come from any direction. Sometimes they are fairly regu-

lar in their placement and sometimes they are not; their location

is not predictable. To locate them take a pair of L-rods in hand and hold the

thought that you are looking for geopathic stress lines coming in

from the north, south, east, or west and walk forward with that

intention. When the rods open mark the spot. Using a single rod,

simply ask, “Which direction is the line flowing? Is it flowing from

this direction or to this direction?” The single rod will move and,

responding to the request, point in the direction the line is comingfrom, or flowing to. Once you determine the direction of flow, you

can block the line where it enters the property using two L-rods.

To block the geopathic stress lines, bury the rods in the ground,

inserting the long ends perpendicular to the line. The short ends

get pushed into the soil, and this forms a “staple” over the energy

zone. At the point where the line is blocked, the negative frequen-

cies are diverted up and over the location you’re working on.If you live in an apartment or a condo and you have no access

to the ground, it is easy to clear the space. Use the same dowsing

procedures, but instead of burying the rods in the ground, place a

single straight rod against the wall or baseboard wherever the nega-

tive frequencies enter the room, and tape them in place.

Doing geopathic work for only two or three homes in a neigh-

borhood uplifts the entire neighborhood. The specific home orfamily really receives the positive effects and changes, but it seems

like what benefits one benefits everyone, when it comes to envi-

ronmental clearing and geopathic stress work.



❍ 80 ❍


Slim’s workshops explore these geopathic techniques in great

detail. Every time he teaches a group what he knows, the concept

of thinking globally and acting locally really gets put into practice.

The more people out there doing this important work, the better

everything gets, and the idea of bringing peace and harmony into

the world graduates from being an idealistic pipe dream. Anyone

with a pendulum or a pair of rods can participate in this reality.

More on the Clearing TechniqueSlim’s first successful experience using this type of clearing tech-nique occurred in 1979, when he blocked out the negative frequen-

cies causing traffic accidents on the county road near his home.

Two L-rods, buried in the ground perpendicular to the flow line of

the hazardous energy, protected vehicles and drivers on this sec-

tion of the road.

The technique was further explored and developed while Slim

and Bill Reid transformed geopathic stress in the Denver area. The more they put it to use, the more they learned about it, and

the more confident they became. Such a simple yet powerful

method can improve the quality of life in people’s homes and com-

munities.

What do the rods actually do? The clairvoyants say that when

the rods are driven into the ground across a geopathic zone, it is

like placing a rock in a river. Picture a tall, narrow wall or curtain of subtle energy flowing in a certain direction. Wherever the rods are

situated, this curtain of energy will be forced to go up and over an

area for some distance. The high density of the metallic rods dis-

perses the energy upwards. And in the same way that a rock in a

river causes the water in the river to flow over it, the negative fre-

quencies basically jump over the area being cleared and create a

frequency-free zone about one hundred yards high and a couple of hundred yards long.

Using this technique on all four sides of any building or dwell-

ing diverts the negative energy that would normally cut through



❍ 81 ❍


the space. It arcs up and literally creates a dome over the entire

area. Whatever lies within the perimeter of the dome is then free

of all negative energy. For many people who work on geopathic

stress and do the field work, the flows and interruptions of these

curtains of energy become apparent.

All anyone needs to get started with this work is a desire to

create positive changes and a lot of lightweight metal rods. Any

type of metal material can be used. Some commercially-produced

dowsing rods that are simple and easy to use and exactly the right

length are made from gas welding rods. The rods sold in most hard-

ware stores and plumbing supply houses are eighteen inches long. This length is perfect for blocking the fields, and the material eas-

ily bends into a nice dowsing rod.

Alternatively, any old piece of wire, coat hangers, baling wire,

barbed wire, or telephone wire all work fine. Slim has a preference

for salvaged, solid copper, insulated wire. It can be found at any

good salvage yard and is usually available for about two to seventy-

five cents a pound. Ten gauge is best because it is stiff and easy topoke into the ground.

Soil conditions in every location differ, and rocky soils may re-

quire a hammer, a three-pound sledgehammer and a piece of rebar.

With these tools, rods can be placed in the ground no matter how

loaded with rock the soil happens to be.

Slim does not necessarily recommend waiting for negative con-

ditions to surface or get out of control before doing geopathic stress work in your home, on your land, or at your workplace. Because

subtle energies promote subtle effects for living organisms, envi-

ronmental clearing work should be done routinely as a preventa-

tive measure.

When conditions have reached the point where people must

resort to hiring a dowser, it is usually the case that they can find

no other solution to the problems they experience. Human na-ture often dictates that we have to be at the end of our rope be-

fore the possibility of “another way” to deal with things enters

our minds. If the subtle energy factor were to be taken into



❍ 82 ❍


account in adverse situations, many complications in our lives would

be removed.

There is nothing particularly farfetched about this concept. To

the ancients and indigenous peoples, it was a regular and ordinary

procedure. In addition to restoring harmony to people’s lives, Slim

is reviving knowledge that never should have fallen by the wayside

in the first place.

Dowsing StoriesSlim has enough amazing dowsing stories to last for days. The an-ecdotes that follow have been chosen because they illustrate the

wide range of conditions that can be impacted by geopathic stress.

Each example addresses the effects of negative frequencies from a

different angle and offers plenty of food for thought.

Denver 1985Because dowsing can be used to render service to communities at

large, what follows is a description of a specific case that inspires

visions of what the world could be like if dowsing were practiced

everywhere on the planet.

Back in 1985, Slim and Bill Reid took on the city of Denver. It

was their intention to locate the stress lines that were the root cause

of the largest source of negative energy there. Over a period of one year, the two of them were able to block and clear all of the major

geopathic stress lines in the Denver area and modify their effects

on the community.

Interestingly, the sources of these negative energies turned out

to be ancient, buried faults in the earth, faults that were nowhere to

be found on any of their geologic maps. Some of the newer geo-

logical instruments that measure telluric currents might have pickedup on the frequencies generated by these faults, but the geologic

maps to which they had access at the time showed no indication of

their presence.



❍ 83 ❍


With the aid of an excellent clairvoyant, Slim and Bill were

able to locate six of these zones and determine their direction of

flow. Standing in these rivers of energy and looking downstream,

as it were, they could identify a point on the horizon or a landmark

that could be used to identify the centerline of each zone. With

this mapping it was possible to block or modify each line. It took a

year to block them all.

During the mid-eighties Denver was in a bit of a depression,

due to the decline of the oil industry in the United States. Many of

the oil-related businesses had simply folded, and the people who

had formerly worked in them moved out to the country or foundother employment. Similarly, the building trades were in a slump.

Prices and wages were generally lower than they had been in fif-

teen years.

In the weeks and months after they completed their task of

geopathic stress removal, there was an immediate, noticeable up-

surge of enthusiasm in business on all levels. Not surprisingly, per-

haps, a decline in the suicide rate accompanied this rise. A coupleof the zones Slim and Bill blocked were associated with power plants.

Power plants have ground rods that go deep into the earth and into

the faults, aggravating and amplifying the effects of the geopathic

stress. These zones ran directly through the power station that sup-

plies Denver International Airport and right through the DIA con-

trol tower.

The rest of the zones came from the north, south, east, and west, and were not necessarily associated with major substations.

As soon as these frequencies were blocked there was a huge surge

in the energy level of the entire Denver community. From that

time right up until the 9/11 event, Denver was a virtual boom town.

Asked about his role, Slim quietly says, “Well, I think we may have

had something to do with that.”

A few of the blocking units they installed are still in place, andhe predicts that their presence will probably allow the Denver area

to recover from the post-9/11 slump more rapidly than other parts

of the country where this kind of work has not been done.



❍ 84 ❍


Neighbors and the Spooks That Come WithThem

A type of geopathic stress exists outside those forms of interfer-

ence that create, physical-level disturbances in people’s lives. Toxic

social and emotional interactions can give rise to a more esoteric

type of geopathic stress, as the following story demonstrates.

Slim got a call one day from a distraught young woman. She

had heard about the work Slim had been doing in the Boulder area

and felt she needed his help. This woman was an architect and a

builder by trade. She was also an emotionally and spiritually sensi-

tive individual.Her problem was complex. She had purchased a piece of prop-

erty overlooking a canyon above Boulder. When she applied for a

building permit, she found that several neighbors, whose homes

were on a roadway higher in elevation above her building site,

thought that her proposed house would interfere with their view,

and consequently were extremely upset. It made no difference to

them that she had a perfect right to own and build on the property. According to the law, the neighbors had a right to air their griev-

ances before her permit could be approved. Before the final hear-

ing for approval of the building permit, the woman asked Slim to

visit the site. For the three previous hearings, all the neighbors had

been present to express their opposition to her plans.

When Slim arrived at the site, he walked over the building site

and the woman pointed out the homes of her neighbors, nearly ahalf a mile away. It seemed strange to Slim that anyone living at

that distance and elevation would have reason to think that a low-

lying building a half a mile away would obstruct their view.

In dowsing for the cause of the problem, the question he for-

mulated in his mind was, “What’s interfering? What’s the interfer-

ence?” This particular wording addressed the essence of the prob-

lem: these people were interfering with the woman’s intent, which was actually clean, free, and non-manipulative. Slim had seen the

architectural drawings, and her house was of good design. She was

not about to erect an eyesore.



❍ 85 ❍


As he walked along the edge of the property, the dowsing rods

opened and pointed directly at the various building structures sur-

rounding her property. Picturing her building site as the hub of a

wagon wheel, the interference lines came in like wheel spokes

from the different homes along the road, halfway up the

mountainside.

Slim used his standard technique, placing L-rods in the ground

like diverting antennae, and he left them there permanently. The

job was finished in two hours, and after he collected his payment,

he headed on home.

The next morning the ecstatic woman phoned Slim to report that not a single neighbor had showed up at the hearing to object

to the building permit! The interference had been blocked, and

the permit was issued giving her the right to build. Even the county

officials expressed amazement that none of the neighbors had ap-

peared at the hearing, because they had been front and center with

their grievances at every previous hearing.

A few weeks later the woman called Slim again and said, “Youknow, I’m having a lot of problems with the people who own the

property adjacent to mine. I have a right of way that doesn’t even

touch their land, but the lady is violently opposed to my putting a

roadway in here.” Slim asked her to give him a little history on the

situation in order to get a better feeling for what the problem might

be.

She told him that the couple had recently purchased the prop-erty from the estate of a man who was known to have been a crusty

old codger. He had passed away, and when he died he left this es-

tate to his children. His kids had no interest in maintaining it, so

they sold the house and the land to the couple presently giving

Slim’s client so much grief.

In hearing the story, Slim wondered if he could find one line

that carried the idea of not yielding a right of way. While he wasthinking, the woman filled him in on another important little tid-

bit. She told him that the old man had vowed that no one would

ever cross his land, nor would he yield a right of way, except over



❍ 86 ❍


his dead body! Well, the guy may have been as dead as a doornail,

but the power of his words was still alive and kicking!

As Slim proceeded to walk along the property boundary and

question the rods regarding the neighbor’s interference with the

woman’s right to build a roadway, he could only find one interfer-

ence line that described the situation and the action that was hap-

pening. He blocked this line and went on home.

The next morning he got another very excited call from his

client. She said, “Guess what happened? My neighbor just called

and asked if I would mind joining her and her husband for coffee

this morning. She says she thinks we can settle this matter very easily. They’re willing to give me a right of way. All we have to do

is sign the papers.” For three months, Slim’s client had been re-

ceiving violent, threatening, and obscene messages from these

people, and following Slim’s correction, their attitude made a com-

plete turnabout! Dowsing permitted location of an unseen but ex-

tremely powerful form of interference.

As an aside, when Slim located this particular interference line,he got a mental impression of the old codger who had made the

vow that no one would have a right of way except over his dead

body. He was able to contact the spirit or essence of this man and

kind of wake him up to say, “Hey guy, you’re dead! You don’t need

to be interfering with this delightful young woman, so suppose you

look around and see that you are dead and take off and get a new

body! Take off on a new adventure. You have better things to dothan hang around here.”

This spirit or entity had attached itself to the people who had

bought the property from his kids, and was literally speaking

through the new owner’s wife. With Slim’s encouragement, the spirit

realized he was free to move on, and didn’t have to use this woman

as a microphone for issues with which his soul no longer needed to

be concerned. Once it left her aura, she could speak with her own voice and her own intention, and it all turned out for the best. With

the codger out of the way, they ironed out their differences and

have been good neighbors ever since.



❍ 87 ❍


Oftentimes when we find ourselves in situations similar to the

one described above, the interference has little to do with what is

apparent. Whenever things get stuck, it is always good to carefully

formulate a statement of what the problem is, and then dowse to

see from where the interference is coming. You may be surprised

to find out what the invisible issues really are!

Same Client, Different Problem The same client called Slim again with an entirely different prob-

lem. She wanted to purchase a small, three-acre parcel of land. Eachtime she approached the owner with a generous offer, all she got

was an abrupt refusal and no explanation why.

The owner of the property was a woman living in Minneapolis,

and even though she found herself in desperate financial straights,

she was totally confused about what to do with this piece of real

estate. She appeared to be surrounded by bad vibes, and was cur-

rently living in a basement apartment that had once been a morgue.One cannot say whether or not she was possessed by entities, but

she was having a lot of physical and emotional problems that made

it difficult for her to be clear about anything.

Slim checked the parcel of land, and in the process of dowsing

for geopathic stress, he found a couple of interference lines. When

he drew a line on a map of the United States connecting the prop-

erty in question and Minneapolis, he noticed that the dowsing rodshad pointed directly toward Minneapolis, exactly in the direction

of this line. It was as if there was a direct mental, emotional, and

spiritual connection between the land and the disturbed woman

who owned it. On that day he cleared the interference lines. The

next day he got the news that she had finally accepted his client’s

offer and was willing to sign over the title and sell this piece of land.

The simple act of locating and blocking these energy zones,energy lines, or energy fields resolved an issue that had been af-

fecting both parties. Whether the interference was Etheric or mag-

netic, or if there might have been a scientific explanation for it, is



❍ 88 ❍


not of concern. Results are what matter in the long run. All Slim

knows is that the technique he uses is effective and can be learned

and practiced by anyone.

Dowsing for Dollars The client who kept coming back for more was married to a man

who had a small business in Boulder. He had developed a highly

technical method for altering the structure of various plastic mate-

rials to absorb vibration. He was selling this vibration-damping tech-

nology to different government agencies, the Army, the Air Force,and to industry as well, where vibration isolation is a key factor.

Part of this man’s expertise with these things had to do with his

ability to relax, think, and meditate. From this altered state he was

able to come up with creative answers to the problems he was try-

ing to solve.

During the time Slim was helping the man’s wife with her prop-

erty issues, she mentioned that her husband’s business was failing.She said that for some reason, he was not being as creative as he

wanted and knew he could be, and the loss of creativity had caused

his business to suffer. Certain contracts that had been confirmed

were not coming in or had gotten lost in the bureaucratic shuffle in

various government offices.

So Slim was hired to locate and neutralize the interference lines

around his business space with the hope that this would effect achange for the better. She mentioned that they had lost about

$100,000 the previous year, but that there were pending contracts

that added up to a total of six million dollars.

When Slim arrived at the office, the first thing he noticed was

that it adjoined a railroad track, a factor that might cause a prob-

lem. After he cleared all the interference lines he found, Slim and

the couple watched and waited. Within two weeks everything startedmoving forward in a positive way.

The man reported that he had suddenly and unexpectedly

received a four-million-dollar contract. The contracting party



❍ 89 ❍


explained, “You know, this contract has been lying on the bottom

of a pile of papers for months and months, and just last Thursday

[the day of the dowsing work], I was sorting through the mess on

my desk and found it. We’re not only sending you validation on the

contract, we’re also including another $100,000 for research and

development.” Needless to say, Slim’s client was delighted.

All of this so aroused Slim’s interest that he decided to track the

case a little longer. When he phoned a week later to see how things

were going, another contract for two million dollars had come in,

along with an unexpected contract for an extra two million! In two

weeks time this man received more than eight million dollars incontracts. He had so much work he sold part of the business and

was able to take a vacation and really get down to the more impor-

tant work of enjoying life!

Another way to understand this kind of dowsing is that what-

ever we do, consciously or unconsciously, to interfere with our own

success creates an energetic field that draws us to surroundings vi-

brating at a frequency matching the issue. Once those external in-fluences are blocked, they no longer feed the brain waves or sup-

port the emotional constructs that are causing the problem.

Corporate ExpressIn the late nineties Slim got a call from the president of Corporate

Express, the second- or third-largest office supply company in thecountry. At the time, business was booming. Their stock value was

high, and they were in the process of building a new world head-

quarters.

The first phase of the dowsing work required Slim to clear the

rented office and manufacturing space on the Inverness Business

Campus just north of Denver. He began the job the way he always

does, by interviewing some of the employees, the secretaries, thechief finance officer, and the operations chief.

What he discovered was that the women in particular were be-

ing affected by whatever brand of geopathic stress was running



❍ 90 ❍


through the place. Most of this was surfacing as migraine head-

aches and a lot of stress and tension. After he cleared everything,

the migraines and the tension were gone, and business operations

in general seemed to flow more smoothly.

It happened that the president of this company was sort of a

metaphysical chap, and he made a point to meditate every day at a

certain spot on the campus. Slim discovered that the place he chose

to meditate was dead center in the crossing of two geopathic zones.

Evidently something shifted in this man’s consciousness or his

higher power was freed up to give him the information he really

sought, because once these negative frequencies were neutralized,he sold the company and retired!

The Corporate Express world headquarters job was one of the

most dramatic dowsing experiences Slim has ever had. It required

so many rods in the ground and was such a big job, he had to hire

two of his students to assist him. When the three of them arrived

on the construction site just before the noon break, the noise level

on the ground floor was unbearable. Saws were running, there wasbanging and hammering, diesel engines, air compressors, and cranes

were running nonstop. It was awful. The noise was so irritating

Slim could hardly hear himself think.

During lunch break Slim had a chance to talk to the construc-

tion manager. He asked him specifically, “Is there anything nega-

tive that happens to you personally on this job site that you can

describe for me? What can you tell me about this job that will helpme in my analysis of the problem here?” The construction man-

ager replied, “This job gives me the biggest headache I’ve ever had

in my life.” This is a perfect example of how geopathic stress af-

fects people. After questioning him further, it turned out that it

was only on the job site that he had a headache. He didn’t have it

prior to arrival at work, and an hour after he left the job site the

headache was gone.So Slim and his two assistants proceeded to dowse out the prop-

erty, placing rods in several acres of freshly moved and freshly turned

dirt. They completed about two thirds of a circle around the site,



❍ 91 ❍


somewhere between a quarter and a half a mile of linear length,

and decided to take a meal break.

On their way to the diner, they stopped at the construction

office to talk to the supervisor, and they noticed that the noise level

was reduced by at least 80 percent. The same motors were run-

ning, the same saws were going, the same hammers were bang-

ing—but the sound was not irritating. It lacked the rough edge that

had been present earlier.

When Slim asked the construction manager how his headache

was doing, the man replied, “Gee, I didn’t really notice, but it’s

gone!” Slim figured this man could serve as a “mine canary” andthat his headaches were a barometer for the relative effectiveness

of their dowsing work. Later in the afternoon, when they had com-

pleted the job, Slim checked with him again and found that he still

had no headache.

About once a week, Slim called in and asked him, “How’s your

headache today?” If the man was pain-free, it meant that earth-

moving equipment on the jobsite had not disturbed their work. If he reported he had a headache, Slim would go back, locate any

lines that had been unblocked by the heavy equipment or as part of

the construction process, and replace the rods in the ground.

What is also worth mentioning here is that in the three or four

months prior to Slim’s arrival on this construction site, there had

been one fatal and two severe accidents among the crew. After the

geopathic stress zones were removed, construction went forwardahead of schedule, there were no more accidents, and they had a

really happy bunch of construction hands.

Another Business StorySlim has a hard time remembering exact dates, but somewhere

around 1994, he got a call to do geopathic stress removal for acouple in the Denver area. It turned out that the husband was the

one who was being most affected by negative frequencies, both at

his home and at his business location. He was having indefinite,



❍ 92 ❍


random symptoms that popped up every few days and took the

form of allergic reactions and what could be described as “fuzzy

thinking.” These problems vanished immediately after Slim did

the clearing work on their home.

This couple owned a large printing company located in a con-

crete slab warehouse with about 12,000 feet of floor space. The

company had fifteen or twenty employees who were not func-

tioning on the best of terms. The man confessed that too many

hassles relating to personnel changes and a lot of bickering and

infighting among the staff created enormous amounts of stress

for him.Slim questioned his client on his income level, because it is

often the case that geopathic stress restricts cash flow, especially in

a business. The man responded quite proudly that they had brought

in about $100,000 that year. The tone in his voice suggested that

he was satisfied with that amount.

After Slim does geopathic stress removal, he calls to follow up

on people to see what improvements have occurred. When he calledthe man who owned the printing company he was told that busi-

ness had suddenly picked up. And (you’re gonna love this) his land-

lord reduced his rent! How often does that happen? Then his land-

lord asked if he could invest in the business!

Within a year, the printing company was operating in the two-

and-a-half to three-million-dollar range. The rent was lower, his

landlord remodeled the building, and the two of them entered intoa partnership that proved to be beneficial.

Small-Town PoliticsBack in the summer of 2001, Slim did a geobiology workshop in a

small New England town. The group met for three days in the

back room of an old building that housed the town offices and thehistorical society. It was also the place where the town meetings

were held and where the selectmen gathered to make important

community decisions.



❍ 93 ❍


The coordinator for this workshop contacted the liaison at the

historical society, who happened to be on the town board. He was

intrigued by the description she gave of Slim’s work and by the

whole idea of subtle energy. During a phone conversation, he jok-

ingly mentioned that he hoped that any clearing work the group

would do on the historical society building would also raise the

consciousness of the selectmen, because the local political atmo-

sphere was heavily divided.

Apparently, there was so much dissent in the town that noth-

ing could be accomplished. Further, problems in the community

were being aggravated by the influence of one specific individual, who for some strange reason happened to be in charge of every-

thing.

On day two of Slim’s workshop, all of the geopathic stress was

removed from the historical society building. Three months later,

after an earthquake rocked the area, a second geobiology work-

shop was held and more clearing was done. In March 2002 the

same coordinator contacted the liaison at the historical society toschedule a third geobiology workshop, and was pleasantly surprised

by what he had to say.

He told her that in the nine months that had passed since Slim’s

first workshop, the politics in the town had completely turned

around. There was no more conflict among the members of the

town board, and the townspeople were no longer split into fac-

tions. The tyrant who had been causing all of the problems had, without being forced or driven, mysteriously left town! Apparently

the circumstances in his life changed suddenly, and he decided to

take his act elsewhere.

The man stated that the positive changes showed up very clearly

in the town elections, which had been held in early March 2002. A

whole new group of people had been voted into office, and they

were all willing to listen to each other and work together ,without interference from their egos or personal agendas.

When this report was passed on to Slim, he was really pleased.

For him the whole point of training and educating people in these



❍ 94 ❍


methods is to create positive changes at the grassroots level that

over time will spread and bring harmony to the whole planet.

Cancer, Epilepsy, and a Dysfunctional WillowTree

When you get into talking about geopathic stress and cancer there

appears to be a direct link. While it cannot be said that geopathic

stress is the only influence that causes this disease, it is definitely a

contributing cause. If there has been a history of cancer in a particu-

lar location, it is usually the case that Hartmann lines or geopathicstress lines are responsible.

Slim’s high school friend, Mike Thomas, had been stricken with

cancer when he was a kid. He’d lost a leg to the disease, and as an

adult, he suffered so much pain he had to take a lot of medication

just to be able to function. In 1987 Slim insisted that Mike allow

him to come over and do what he could to help with his health

problems. The first thing he noticed was a weeping willow tree in the

yard that wasn’t doing what willows are supposed to do. Spring

was in the air, and it should have been blooming, but there wasn’t

even a leaf on it. The branches on this tree were sticking up in-

stead of “weeping,” making it look more like a tumbleweed or a

fright wig.

When Slim did the clearing work, he found all kinds of inter-ference cutting through the house. But what really took his atten-

tion was the fact that there was a negative vortex spiraling right

through the spot where the TV and entertainment center were lo-

cated. The noxious electronic emissions from all this equipment

were literally being broadcast throughout the entire house.

Slim’s intention was to help his friend with his cancer, but he

did not know that Mike’s ten-year-old daughter had epilepsy. Shehad been an epileptic since she was two months old and was having

twenty and more seizures a day. Like so many kids, she spent too

much time watching TV and listening to the stereo. At that time



❍ 95 ❍


she was in and out of the hospital, and the family was financially

drained.

Soon after Slim cleared the house the young girl’s seizures

stopped. She never had another one, and her condition improved

so that she went from being classified as severely retarded to mildly

retarded. By the time she turned eighteen she was able to live on

her own. It is open to question whether she would have had any of

these problems if there hadn’t been so much geopathic stress in the

house. Slim’s guess is, probably not.

Mike’s cancer improved slowly. He got off his medication,

healed himself with a healthy diet, and is still alive seventeen yearslater.

Geopathic Stress in the Intensive Care UnitIt has already been discussed that geopathic stress is the underlying

cause of all illness on the planet. Ironically, hospitals are hotbeds of

geopathic stress, mostly because they are built in urban locations.But every hospital incorporates internal electrical and power sys-

tems, and the base amount of geopathic stress gets multiplied many

times over. Even the lighting and life-support equipment in a hos-

pital room generate negative frequencies.

The following story is an account of what happened when the

geopathic stress was removed from the hospital room of a cancer

patient who had been placed in intensive care. Out of respect forhis privacy, we refer to this young man as “Michael.”

In the early spring of 1998, Michael was experiencing head-

aches so severe that his doctors ordered a CAT scan. A tumor the

size of a large egg was found growing near the base of his cerebel-

lum. The location of the growth was such that an operation would

have put the boy’s life in too much danger to make it worth the

risk. Several specialists advised that Michael undergo a radicalform of radiation therapy, and on May 1, 1998 he was admitted to

the intensive care unit to begin a series of chemotherapy treat-

ments.



❍ 96 ❍


The side effects of the radiation therapy exacerbated his con-

dition rather than improving it. Michael’s system overreacted to

the potent chemicals and his body shut down. He was weakened

to the point where he could not leave the hospital, and due to

other complications, he went into a coma and had to be put on

life support.

His parents began looking at alternative forms of treatment.

By chance they ran into an old friend who had done geopathic stress

work on their home, and asked him if the same technique could be

employed in Michael’s hospital room. The man said it certainly

could not hurt to try, and if the medical personnel had no objec-tions, he was happy to offer his services.

When the man arrived at the hospital, he was unprepared for

what he saw. Michael was in a comatose state and had lost so much

weight in a month and a half that he looked like a wraith. Without

wasting too much time processing his emotional reaction to what

appeared to be a shadow lying in the bed, he took out his dowsing

rods and went about his business.He found a Hartmann line running up and down the length of

Michael’s hospital bed. It was as if the boy’s body was skewered on

this negative frequency line. A second Hartmann line was found

cutting through Michael’s head, and a third line was detected run-

ning through his feet.

After the Hartmann Grid was cleared the man discovered a

series of geopathic stress lines stabbing the boy’s body from differ-ent angles. These were removed, and when all the work was done

the man instructed Michael’s parents to tell the cleaning staff to

leave the blocking rods in place up against the baseboards of the

room.

An Environmental Harmonizer was set up and Michael’s par-

ents were advised to leave it running twenty-four hours a day. They

were gifted with a set of rings and coils and shown exactly how touse them. By that time Michael’s mother was living at the hospital

and had many opportunities throughout the day to employ them.

Two large “Lost Cubit” rings were placed at the head and the foot



❍ 97 ❍


of Michael’s bed, and smaller rings were arranged around the ports

of all of his life-support systems.

The man left, promising to return a week later. During that

time Michael received no other form of treatment. Within two

days the doctors were surprised to discover that the tumor had

diminished in size. This was so anomalous that the boy’s condi-

tion was monitored closely from that point on. By the time the

man who had done the clearing work came back, Michael was

conscious, able to speak, and in no pain. More tests were per-

formed, and after two weeks the growth in his brain was gone.

There has been no recurrence of cancer, and six years later Michaelis in perfect health.

We know that everything is in God’s hands, and that ultimately

people heal themselves. In this particular instance, it appears as if

the geopathic stress removal and the Light-Life™ Tools supported

Michael’s ability to heal himself and brought about positive changes

at a time when no other form of treatment seemed to be working.

With what we know about geopathic stress, it seems clear that Michael’s condition would not have improved if he had been left

lying in those negative frequencies.

Michael’s story begs the question, “What would happen if the

geopathic stress was removed from every hospital on the planet?”

And what would be the impact on the quality of life everywhere if

this technique were employed as a routine procedure? If every home,

school, office complex, and every major city were cleared of nega-tive frequencies, what would the results be? Is it realistic to think

that we could actually live in a world where there is peace and har-

mony?

Back in the very beginning, when Slim set out to see if negative

frequencies had something to do with the traffic accidents at the

intersection near his home, he stumbled upon a method that opened

up a whole new realm of possibilities. The discovery that subtleenergies do indeed affect us is what led Slim to do all of the re-

search that he has done since that time.

The whole issue of negative frequencies is a huge topic. It is



❍ 98 ❍


obviously a good thing for all of us that this rogue genius spent so

much of his time thinking about them. The dowsing work Slim did

inspired other questions, and spurred him on to the development

of the Light-Life™ Tools.



❍ 99 ❍


THE LIGHT-LIFE™ TOOLS

Consider the perfection of the circle. Strive to learn from it, to reflect that

order.

—The XXIst Stanza of Merlin from The Twenty-One Lessons of Merlin,by Douglas Monroe

Up until now no cohesive or comprehensive written infor-

mation about the Light-Life™ Tools has been available

Slim has transmitted most of what there is to know about

them orally to individuals and in the workshops he has done allover the world. Brief explanations can get anyone started using

them, but the potential in these devices covers so much territory

that quick explanations are little more than a drop in the bucket.

Ultimately it is what people do with the tools and what they ob-

serve about their effects that, in time, will tell us the truth about

their capabilities.

Over the years people have asked, “Where can I read about this stuff?” Slim’s website, www.slimspurling.com offers a certain

amount of information, and there are a few pamphlets available

that give a quick rundown on the tools and their applications. But

http://www.slimspurling.com/









❍ 100 ❍


even Slim’s workshops are too short to completely cover the sub-

ject, because his knowledge keeps expanding and cannot be deliv-

ered completely in just one or two seminars. Further, many people

protest that the material is so mind-boggling that their brains fry if

he downloads too much in on sitting.

In the course of putting this book together, he looked up one

day and said innocently, “Sometimes I think I know too much.”

There is some truth to that statement. Connecting the dots has

taken Slim’s mind to the far corners of the universe. His desire to

clean up the planet drives him to deepen his insight into how and

why his inventions work on a daily basis. Knowing too much is anoccupational hazard in Slim Spurling’s world.

This book has been written in response to the demand for the

knowledge. Everyone who has asked, “Where can I read about this

stuff?” along with those who are new to the technology have formed

a critical mass, and “The Man Who Knows Too Much” has finally

found the time to make a detailed record of the tools he has cre-

ated. Keep in mind, however, that whatever is brought to light isreally just the beginning of something truly wonderful that will

continue to unfold and expand over time.

In this section on the tools Slim goes beyond simple defini-

tions and descriptions of what they are and what they do. It is

impossible to talk about the Light-Life™ Tools without bringing

in a myriad of other topics. Simply addressing “Light” and “Life”

takes a discussion all over the map. Day by day, the tools surren-der more and more information that leaves even Slim awestruck.

His full and bursting mental files, some stored deep in his memory,

come up readily on his screen when specific questions call for

them.

Those who have asked for this information will do well to

remember the expression, “Be careful what you wish for.” Unfor-

tunately, a quick rundown with a few arrows and diagrams doesn’t do the trick. It is never that cut and dried with Slim, and while

there will definitely be arrows and diagrams, they are planted

within a larger matrix of subjects and information that forms a



❍ 101 ❍


backdrop that weaves it all together.

So have a good, close look at what he has to say, and allow the

bigger picture to unfold as the pieces of the puzzle come together.

The RingsIn our level of reality, the essence of Spirit can be encoded in mea-

sure and number. These measurements are related to mathemati-

cal constants that may have been derived from natural constants

using an unknown mathematical system. It’s no secret. It’s a condi-

tion here in three-dimensional existence. Spirit is reflected in thematerial world. The Hermetic axiom, “As above, so below,” al-

though given a long time ago, remains a fundamentally important

universal truth.

Slim has collected evidence for the existence of at least nine-

teen cubit lengths that have been recorded in the ancient world:

Sumerian, Egyptian, Sacred, Royal, and so on. While some are

clearly derived from polar, equatorial, or radial Earth measurements,each one, according to its resonant length, represents an aspect of

God or a different “quality” of Spirit. Egyptian cosmogony refers

to these qualities as “neters,” and regards them as principles or natu-

ral forces. Specific functions are attributed to each neter length,

and the frequencies they generate are the vibrational code hidden

behind the world of form.

Slim settled on the Sacred Cubit to begin his work in the con-struction of the Light-Life™ Rings. The Sacred Cubit length car-

ries specific frequencies or wavelengths that embody a spiritual code

providing resonance with a desired spiritual quality. When these

specific lengths are formed into a circle, something remarkable

happens: light is created.

An example from the Bible will bring this point home. The

first line in the Book of Genesis reads:

In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. And the

earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the



❍ 102 ❍


face of the deep. And the spirit of God moved upon the face of

the waters. And God said, “Let there be light.”

These words provide a good analogy to the ring phenomenon.

The void is the formless, omnipresent field out of which all life

emerges. The moment the spiritual force held within any specific

neter length circumscribes and gives definition to this formless

space, the waters of the deep are stirred in response to whatever

they are being encoded with. When the ends of these cubit-long

twisted wires are joined together to form a circle, the void within

the circumference comes to life. As this action occurs, a frequency is generated that corresponds

to the “Word” or “voice” of God echoing within the void. These

wavelengths of sound give rise to wavelengths of light. Physicists

know that sound preceded light, but whoever wrote the Bible must

have known about it long before they did. It is clearly stated in the

first line of Genesis. When God spoke, he did not say, “How’s it

going?” He said, “Let there be Light.”In the center of every ring, the frequencies generated by the

twisted wire create light. This is the bottom line. When you get

right down to it, all the rings do is generate light. Light is the es-

sence of life, not just in this dimension, but everywhere in the uni-

verse. With these thoughts in mind, let’s hear what Slim has to say

about the rings.

Slim on the Rings The first rings Slim made were a Neanderthal prototype of what

he is producing today. Their dual polarities rendered them hazard-

ous to the inexperienced user. (See: Early Discoveries, “Heart

Trouble, A Pinched Nerve, and a Spinal Realignment.”) While the

man cited above had the research background and enough goodsense to reverse the ring to start his heart up again, another, less

dramatic incident situation further demonstrates the distressing

safety issue.



❍ 103 ❍


Some crockery, stored on a shelf and exposed to the negative

side of this early ring, actually broke apart after three weeks of ex-

posure to the negative field.

Despite this flaw in their early research, Slim and Bill wereright on the money with their measurements. The first ring was

made according to the length of the Sacred Cubit, or what some

call the Royal Cubit.

The Sacred Cubit and the Pyramid Inch are thought to be the

standard of measure for the Great Pyramid, and specifically dem-

onstrated by the builders of the pyramid in the stone boss, a square

projection carved out of the stone sitting directly above the en-trance to the King’s Chamber. The boss projects outward exactly

one pyramid inch (1.0011 British inches) from the rock of the wall,

and is approximately five inches on each of its four sides. Adding

1. First Light-Life™ Ring



❍ 104 ❍


the four sides together gives the measure of the Sacred Cubit. Bruce

Cathie arrives at 20.6044623 British inches. Encyclopedia Britannica

lists published measurements for the Sacred Cubit found in other

monuments in a range from 20.55 to 20.94 British inches. Schwaller

de Lubicz often refers to the Remen Cubit and gives it a length of

20.0 inches. It is possible that the Remen Cubit and the Sacred or

Royal Cubit are different names for the same thing. Whatever the

exact length may be, Slim intuitively settled on 20.6 inches as his

standard Sacred Cubit.

This ancient cubit length is a universal standard that is related

to the harmonic of the mass at the center of a light field and thespeed of light. The natural resonant frequency of the Sacred Cubit

is a harmonic number related to the speed of light in free space.

One Sacred Cubit is equal to one ten-millionth of the polar radius

of the circumference of the Earth, and it is related to the harmonic

geometries of the radius of the hydrogen atom. The Sacred Cubit

is found all over the planet.

When twisted wire was cut to the measurement of the SacredCubit and formed into a ring, Slim and Bill discovered, with the

help of Hans Becker and Bruce Cathie’s work on the harmonics of

the planet, that it had a natural resonant frequency of 144 mega-

hertz, a harmonic of light. This signal contains subharmonics whose

frequencies are halves of the higher frequency.

The combined effects of the processes involved in making the

rings, the materials used, and the polarities of the wire create atensor plane or neutral space within the center of the ring. Hans

Becker refers to this tensor field as a “Grand Neutral.” This open

space, the empty area within the center of the ring, is the func-

tional part of the ring. It is a pure energy field that holds and trans-

mits 144 megahertz of pure light over a distance. The tensor or

Grand Neutral plane is the infinitely thin, unpolarized boundary

existing at the center of flow of the radiant forces out of the ring. It is neither positive nor negative, but it contributes to both polari-

ties.

Here is a simple way to demonstrate the effect of the tensor.



❍ 105 ❍


Take a glass of wine, taste it, and set it inside a ring. After a few

minutes taste the wine again, comparing it to the original taste. It

is likely that the beam from the tensor has altered the flavor and

quality of the wine in a positive way. Most people who do this ex-periment can report a difference. The wine in the glass seems to be

milder and less acid, and has a bouquet that is really pleasant com-

pared to the wine that is left in the bottle.

The same is true of water. A glass of water set in a ring will

have a perceptibly different flavor and texture than it did prior to

its treatment. When a chemical analysis of a sample of water ex-

posed to a ring for twelve hours is compared to water from its origi-nal source, the assay for the two samples will be different.

Such a test was performed on two water samples from the city

water supply in Seattle, Washington, when an associate of Slim’s

2. Sacred Cubit Rings



❍ 106 ❍


was asked to determine what chemical treatment would prevent

scale buildup in the heater of a spa. Seattle water has an approxi-

mate two-to-one calcium-magnesium balance, with calcium at about

100 parts per million and magnesium at about 50 parts per million.

The assay was performed by the spa company’s technician, who

observed the improved clarity, and later pronounced it the best

sample he had seen in ten years.

After twelve hours of exposure to a ring, the assay on these

identical samples showed a change to 100 parts magnesium and

only 50 parts calcium. This reversal is especially interesting be-

cause the healthy human organism shows the same ratio of magne-sium to calcium, 2:1. A plausible reason for the ratio reversal is that

the ring field had a transmutational effect on the calcium and mag-

nesium.

Transmutation is a touchy subject in the scientific commu-

nity. Scientific types can go catatonic and froth at the mouth when

they hear “transmutation,” because supposedly it is one of those

things that can only occur in the center of stars under the ex-treme heat and pressures of cosmic forces. Demonstrated by the

work of Louis Kervran, however, transmutation occurs often in

other natural situations.

Kervran’s research has shown that living organisms from bac-

teria to man can transmute one element into another. One learns

from Kervran’s work that if the organism is supplied with certain

raw materials and elements, in certain cases it can transmute oneelement into another to supply its proper needs. Mother Nature is

a wise old bird and the body has its own wisdom: biological or or-

ganic transmutation is done under normal conditions of tempera-

ture and pressure, with no need to resort to stellar thermal condi-

tions.

Harking back to with the calcium-magnesium balance in the

Seattle drinking water, it appears as if the rings may actually trans-mute one element into another. We have evidence that the rings

cause changes in the molecular structure of water, wine, blood,

cells, and tissues. It has also been shown that a ring can change



❍ 107 ❍


the nature of glass creating a greater or improved refractive in-

dex.

The question is: what is it about the field of the ring that causes

this type of change? The simple answer to that question is that

energy has been added to the atomic structure of every atom in the

glass of water, or the glass of wine; energy is added to the atomic

structure of whatever the ring field affects. The atoms of calcium

and magnesium in solution in the water are also being influenced

by this increase in energy.

We know that the resonant frequency of the Light-Life™ Rings

is 144 megahertz. Recent discoveries in the work of Dr. Hartmut Müller regarding the standing gravitational waves of the planet and

of the universe offer insight into this issue. (See “Slim on the Acu-

Vac Coil” below.) The frequencies generated by the ring and the

coherence produced by the beam of the ring as a result of the pres-

ence of the tensor in the plane of the ring appear to alter the radius

of any atoms within that field.

Take hydrogen, the least complicated atom, as an example.Hydrogen consists of one proton in its nucleus surrounded by one

moving electron, so the atom can be accurately represented by a

dot with a circle drawn around it. When the coherent energy field

is projected from the tensor of the ring, energy is added, “squirted,”

or injected into the space between the nucleus of the hydrogen

atom and the electron.

It is rather like blowing up a balloon. When a balloon is in-flated, energy is pushed into it in the form of pressure and the bal-

loon has to expand to accommodate it. In the case of the hydrogen

atom, the ring field is adding a different form of pressure or en-

ergy. We could call this new form of energy, “Ether.”

As mentioned earlier, Einstein at first declared that the Ether

was nonexistent, but he retracted that statement in 1922 in a paper

delivered at a German university. In that talk he conveyed ideasthat strongly supported the concept of an Ether field.

Slim agrees that the Ether exists. The Greeks were right,

Aristotle was right, and the medieval scientists were right in



❍ 108 ❍


reckoning the Ether. It is the primal substance from which every-

thing is created. In essence, atoms in the Ether are comparable to

grapes floating in a bowl of jello, and the jello/Ether forms the

Unified Field that binds everything together.

At the metaphysical level, Ether is “Spirit.” It is light. Using

this concept, we can say that the rings add Ether or a higher from

of energy to the structure of the hydrogen atom. When the radius

of the hydrogen atom increases, the orbit of the electron changes.

Consequently, the molecular structure of water must change, be-

cause the two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom must rear-

range their own internal geometry in order to conform to this new energy level.

Alterations in atomic size also affect the quality of wine, the

acidic components of the wine, and other elements in it. This addi-

tion or increase of energy alters the taste and texture of both wine

and water. Our five senses can easily pick up the differences.

Laboratory instruments can measure and record changes, but

they cannot make qualitative judgment about them. Although welive in a culture that gives so much credence to instruments and

machines, there are certain things machines just cannot do that the

five senses can do well.

Rate of change is an important thing in both science and phys-

ics. There is an instantaneous change when a glass of water or wine

is placed in a ring. It can be tasted. This is pretty phenomenal.

The energy field in the beam of the ring emits light that booststhe vibration of anything it surrounds. Slim ran many scientific

tests showing that the rings or a caduceus coil cause the water to

fluoresce. This happens because there has been a change in the

orbital radius of the electrons in the water.

It requires a certain number of tiny electron volts, say ten,

to raise the orbital radius of an electron one quantum. The atom

is still the same atom, but inside it is potentially different due tothe additional voltage. When we get into talking about quantum

leaps that science or some individual makes, it’s often a big change

but fueled by a surprisingly small increment of energy. Runners



❍ 109 ❍


jumping quantum hurdles on the track wouldn’t have to step too

high to pass over them! People talk about quantum physics as if it

were some great mystery, but a quantum is quite simply defined as

a measurement of light. As tiny as these measurements are from

our three-dimensional perspective, a little light appears to go a long

way.

If we multiply ten electron volts by the number of atoms in a

gallon or a glass of water, we are going to come up with some very,

very large numbers. This huge amount of energy comes from one

source, the tensor, or from the energy field it generates in the beam

of the ring. These rings have a tremendous amount of energy, a tremen-

dous potential for change. This change is kinetic, it’s in motion,

electrons are moving and the geometry of the atoms and molecules

is being altered or transmuted really quickly. How amazing that

such a simple device, requiring no power input, could have such a

profound effect.

Looking at the mathematical equation for electricity, we have voltage on one side and current on the other. When a dead short is

created there is zero pressure or voltage but an infinite amount of

current. This also describes a superconductor. One of the things

that Slim has discovered in the last ten years is that the rings are

superconductors. They create an enormous amount of current at

no voltage. They transform electrical current input into an enor-

mous flow of current that is then converted into strength or out-put, an outward current flow with no pressure to it.

The ring is a simple device, a deceptively simple device that

produces an infinite amount of power with absolutely no input.

Put simply, it is a source of free energy.

Throw a ring in the bathtub to charge the water, or hang one

over the showerhead, or place one over every faucet in the house.

There are no limits to what can be done with these tools. Drinking water treated with the ring exclusively diminishes the need for food

and sleep and increases the inner sense of well-being. Experiments

drinking ring-treated water for a month at a time have shown that



❍ 110 ❍


the body receives everything it needs just from the water. The light

in the water is what sustains people.

Some scientists and most metaphysicians perceive that every-

thing is light. Whenever drinking ring-treated water, or doing any-

thing with a ring, for that matter, all that happens is that light en-

ergy is being added to and made available to the physical system or

the situation, whatever it may be.

Superconductivity When Slim was asked, “What is it that the rings are ‘supercon-ducting’? Is it Ether, electricity, light or something else entirely?,”

this is the answer he gave.

We know that the clairvoyants can see light coming from the

rings. Non-clairvoyants can sense this as the beam passes through

the nervous system. They can feel a flow of energy moving through

the body. This energy could be moving electrons. Free electrons

circulate everywhere, and it appears that the rings have the capac-ity to superconduct them.

The controversial book by A.D. Sarantites, The Universal Uni-

fied Field Law and the Law of Universal Creation of Mass and Energy,

was published in 1963. Sarantites suggested that free electrons en-

circle the earth at all times, and that they are available to construct

atoms and molecules and for various purposes. They fill the atmo-

sphere and are “unemployed,” in a sense, looking for a job or any type of opportunity.

Free electrons are captured and collected in generators and

rotors of all kinds. They line up and produce the flow of electrons

in the wires that we use for electricity. This electricity is sold to us

as house power and conducted along wires through complex sys-

tems that heat and cool and light our homes.

What we have seen and what we now know is that the rings cantransmit sufficient energy without a wire, with a very, very small

input. Power can be transferred from one ring to another over quite

a distance at almost no cost. Slim thinks there is a potential here to



❍ 111 ❍


provide free energy at a distance using some configurations with

rings and using the rings as collectors. Much remains to be done in

the way of research in this area.

Some Helpful, Down-to-Earth Information onthe RingsSlim produces rings in many different sizes, and size is an indica-

tion of the proper use of a given ring. No matter what the size, all

of the rings hold and transmit light.

At this writing, Slim is working with two of the known cubit lengths, and he makes the rings in fractions or multiplies of these

basic lengths. Size does matter, to the extent that life’s conditions

vary, and a small ring is not suited for a big job. There is a rela-

tionship between the size of the ring and the particular job it must

do.

The Sacred Cubit rings appear to have a powerful impact on

changing and bringing more light to physical situations. If you havea bellyache and you place a ring over the painful area on your stom-

ach, you’re infusing that area with 144 megahertz of pure light.

Usually within a few minutes the pain will be gone. The size and

weight of the person determines what size ring to use. When work-

ing on a colicky baby, a one-half Sacred Cubit does the trick. But if

the patient weighs 450 pounds, a larger ring is required.

Use a Sacred Cubit ring any time you have a headache. Place it wherever the hammer is pounding and wait a few minutes. Usually

the pain will go away faster than it might take for a couple of aspi-

rin to kick in. If it does not, then it is time to think about what is

causing the headache. Sometimes overeating causes a headache.

When this is the case, try placing a ring over the lower abdomen. If

it was too much drink causing one of those bilious, hangover head-

aches, you might have more luck getting rid of it if you place a ringover the liver area. If it is your partner or your kids that are giving

you a headache, place a ring over the second chakra, or whatever

chakra seems to resonate with the issue, and see what happens.



❍ 112 ❍


In the case of injury, Sacred Cubit rings can be used to advan-

tage. If you have a bad shoulder, slide a ring up to the shoulder

joint and leave it there. Sleep with it there if you can. The longer

the exposure, the more light will be brought to the problem. The

same applies to a bad knee. People who use the rings after knee

surgery recover a lot faster if they keep a ring right around the

knee area. Sufferers from carpal-tunnel syndrome can wear one-

half Sacred Cubit rings on the wrists and notice a difference.

In a recent situation involving a sprained ankle, placing a Sa-

cred Cubit ring around the foot and allowing it to soak in a bucket

of warm water alleviated the pain overnight. The patient was crawl-ing around on all fours at 8:00 p.m. and dancing up a storm the

next morning. This is pretty remarkable, because it is typical for a

bad sprain to make walking, let alone dancing, out of the question

for a long time.

As far as broken bones go, the rings have been known to reduce

the swelling and knit a broken arm within twenty minutes. One of

the first healers to discover this capacity to knit broken bones wasRandy McKinney, a chiropractor from Boulder. A boy who had

broken his arm a week before came to Randy for treatment, along

with his father, who was an open-minded medical doctor.

Randy simply put a ring with a coil around the boy’s arm, and

within ten minutes the swelling went down. Ten minutes more and

the bone was knit. Confirmed by X-rays the following day, the boy’s

arm looked like it had never been broken. His father had taken X-rays of the broken arm two days prior to the session with Randy,

and he was amazed that a complete healing had occurred in such a

short period of time through the use of the ring technology.

People who do hands-on healing work would do well to wear a

couple of the smaller rings on their wrists every time they do a

session. According to measurements done with computerized radi-

onics equipment, the natural life force that flows through them will be amplified by a factor of 400. All of the tools amplify the

healing factor 400 times what it would normally be. This figure has

been measured and recorded with instruments, so it’s no fantasy or



❍ 113 ❍


assumption. The benefits to the healer are wonderful. With more

healing light coming through the hands of the healer, the client

gets relief sooner and the healer suffers less energy loss than usual.

This makes it possible to work on more people and to get better,

quicker results.

For any hands-on healing work or energy work, placing three

or more of the larger rings underneath and around the healing table

makes the work more effective. The amount of light generated by

the rings infuses the room and everything in it.

When it comes to physical problems the only question is: what

size ring is appropriate? The larger, three-and-a-half-cubit ringsare wonderful for bigger jobs. If you are just feeling out of sorts or

tired, try sitting inside one of them. They seem to pull you to-

gether in a subtle way and wake you up. Don’t worry about it if you

don’t notice a lot of fanfare when you do this. Those who are par-

ticularly sensitive to energy sometimes do. Quantum leaps are pretty

small, but even “normal” people stepping out of the ring will be

aware of feeling a lot better.It is a good idea to hook a large ring to the headboard of your

bed. You can place rings under your mattress, too; either way is

fine. This bathes your whole body in a field of light every time you

sleep. It seems to improve the sleep patterns and makes it possible

to wake up on the right side of the bed every morning. In some

cases, it can reduce the amount of sleep a person needs.

For an invalid, a ring on the headboard or under the mattress isa great idea. When people are really ill or in critical condition, it is

not always helpful to be hovering constantly around them. A ring

on the headboard is a noninvasive way to assist in their healing

process. Miraculous things happen when the rings are used on

people who have been told nothing more can be done for them.

When rings and the Light-Life™ Tools are put to use in the hospi-

tal or the sick room and geopathic stress is removed, even seriousconditions commonly improve in a short period of time.

Outside of purely health-related issues, the Sacred Cubit rings

have many different applications. Placing rings around all of your



❍ 114 ❍


water faucets has already been mentioned. This action serves to

“enlighten” the water as it comes out of the tap or the shower. You

can drink the water as it emerges from the tap, or store it in jugs

and leave the jugs inside a one-and-a-half-size Sacred Cubit ring. The water will then be potentized and transmuted into more of an

“elixir.” No more having to buy bottled water. The rings have proven

to alter the structure of water instantaneously, but if your drinking

water comes from a public reservoir and has a lot of sulfur, chlo-

rine, or fluoride in it, the longer it stands in a ring, the purer it will

taste. When at a restaurant and not wanting to pay extra for bottled

water, put a ring around the water glass.Slim has referred many times to how a ring improves the qual-

ity of any wine. This is no joke. You can turn a bottle of cheap wine

into something special just by placing it inside a ring.

3. Lost Cubit Rings



❍ 115 ❍


One-and-a-half-size Sacred Cubit rings are good to place

around your stove burners. During cooking light goes into the food.

Not everyone can afford organic food, and this is a good way to

compensate. A bag of groceries can sit inside a two-cubit ring that

will energize the food. It is possible that even Pop-Tarts and

Twinkies get enlightened in this way.

The Sacred Cubit rings also have many purely mechanical ap-

plications. Using them on your computer equipment, under the

keyboard, over the screen, or around the printer helps with the

smooth functioning of computer systems. When a computer freezes,

try using one of the larger rings before shutting it down. Hold thering over the screen, or lay it on top of the monitor or over the

computer itself, and it may help to unlock the problem. There have

been many different situations in which computer snarls have un-

raveled without too much trouble or expense.

The smaller rings are great to use in a car as well. Put one over

the gas cap and watch for an improvement in the number of miles

per gallon of gas. Putting rings around the hoses in the car engineseems to make the whole car run better, with fewer mechanical

difficulties. On a long trip take along big rings, and hang them

over the seats; or place appropriately-sized rings on the car seat

itself. This has been found to reduce fatigue and eliminates that

unpleasant feeling after too many hours in a moving car.

Inside the house are plenty of opportunities to use this tech-

nology. Putting rings around furnace fittings, electrical fittings, orany location that seems to need them will only bring benefit.

Animals are highly responsive to the ring energy, too. Sick pets

will gravitate to them and instinctively lie down in the center of a

ring or in the path of the beam, because they feel better there. The

rings work on animals the same way they do on humans.

Big rings can reduce the negative impact of severe weather pat-

terns, with a process called scanning. Scanning a storm front with athree-and-a-half-cubit ring has been known to divert, stop, or at

least reduce the storm’s intensity. To scan the horizon or a storm

with a ring, hold the ring up in front of you in the direction of the



❍ 116 ❍


bad weather. Ever so slowly, for the beam of energy coming from

the ring is 15 miles long, pass the beam along the storm front until

the positive, desired result is sensed.

On two known occasions, people directly in the path of an on-

coming tornado were able to lower the threat of disaster to zero

within five to fifteen minutes of scanning. Large rings could be a

lifesaver for anyone living in a tornado alley.

During the 2003 season, meteorologists were predicting killer

hurricanes off the mid-Atlantic coast. A number of people in Slim’s

network got their rings out and swept the storm front as it ap-

proached. Soon weather reporters announced that the hurricane’sintensity had dropped from a level five to a low level two. A lot of

rain fell, but there was no destruction or loss of life. The rings

appear to be extremely effective when it comes to lessening the

impact of severe weather.

We are just beginning to explore the rings’ potential, and it

seems as if their use is really only limited by the imagination. Every

day, people come up with new ways to use the rings that no one hasever thought of before. Slim says all the time, “Once someone gives

you a hammer, everything starts looking like a nail!”

The “Lost Cubit” While the Sacred Cubit rings seem to have an impact on three-

dimensional or physical conditions, the Lost Cubit rings appear tooperate at the metaphysical level. To make concrete claims about

the Lost Cubit measurement is a little tricky, because this wave-

length seems to resonate on a higher octave of the third dimen-

sion.

While all of us here are becoming more comfortable with the

reality of unseen forces, saying anything definite about them is an-

other story. A lot of people are willing to accept higher forms of energy intellectually, but really knowing without a doubt that they

do in fact exist requires a bigger leap of faith. What can be said

about the Lost Cubit may sound a little “Woo-woo” to some, but



❍ 117 ❍


to others it will make perfect sense.

In this dimension, everything, every being or event or object, is

present only because it originates at the level of thought or on the

causal plane. This idea has been touted of late, particularly in the

New Age movement, but it is not a new one by any means. The

bottom line is that whether we are aware of it or not, whatever we

think becomes real or true in our lives.

What seems to be true about the Lost Cubit measurement is

that it works directly through the thought principle. When using

the Lost Cubit rings, they will carry your thoughts, wishes, and

intentions to a level that increases the likelihood of manifestation.Holding one of the Lost Cubit rings in the hand and voicing an

intention into it is pretty much all that is required. From this per-

spective, its applications are endless.

Trying to define the Lost Cubit frequencies means dealing with

forces that few of us know anything about. Higher levels of thought

and matter, higher octaves and dimensional levels are concepts that

are still relatively unfamiliar. And even though we are beginning toinclude these concepts in our understanding, most of us are neo-

phytes in this realm.

The Lost Cubit has such “otherworldly” properties, any dis-

cussion of it is tentative and hard to prove or pin down. With that

in mind, it might be a good idea to hear more about it from Slim.

What follows is taken directly from some notes he made on the

subject.

Slim on the Lost Cubit The Lost Cubit ring is based entirely on the discovery of the mea-

surement made by Hans Becker, who in April 2000 gave Slim per-

mission to use this discovery in production of the Light-Life™ Ring

series. It was dubbed the “Becker Cubit” in Hans’s honor. Also called the “forbidden” cubit, this previously unknown cu-

bit measurement is not recorded anywhere in the ancient texts, but

it fills a harmonic gap between the established Sacred and the Royal



❍ 118 ❍


Cubits. As discussions progressed, the idea surfaced that all the

knowledge relating to this measurement might have been deliber-

ately hidden or “lost.” Truly transformative power is often kept back

from the general audience and held in the hands of a chosen few.

Questions relating to “Why?” anything needs to be “forbidden” or

“lost on purpose” continue to abound.

It appears that this specific length of the Lost Cubit and its

attendant natural resonant frequency have to do with eternal life

and the physical longevity of the ancients. Indications are that its

natural resonant frequency of 177 megacycles may, in some as yet

unknown manner, contribute to the ability of the DNA to bechanged at will and contribute to longevity. Just as the “Gods” de-

cided to exclude Adam and Eve from the knowledge of the Tree of

Life, “lest they live forever and become as Gods,” so was the record

of the length and function of the Lost Cubit omitted from the

records.

What Slim and Hans sensed intuitively about the underlying

significance of this measurement has been reinforced as the “BeckerCubit” or Lost Cubit rings have been introduced into the research

network, and field reports have started trickling back. Several pro-

fessional health practitioners in Slim’s network have done clinical

tests with this version of the ring and are really excited with the

results they have gotten in their first applications of the Lost Cubit

frequencies.

The natural resonant frequency of 177,000 Hz is not yet iden-tified with any known constants. The fact that it vibrates faster than

the speed of light is worthy of note. It is easy to assume that this

would render it more powerful on some level.

Early professional reports point to effects consciously and will-

fully created when an intention is fueled by a strong emotional con-

tent felt within the researcher’s physical body.

Of late, what some healers are noticing is that the tensor fieldof the Lost Cubit functions much like a lens or a window that al-

lows them to view information that is stored in the Akashic records.

When a Lost Cubit ring is held over a client or over a chakra or



❍ 119 ❍


problematic area, deeper knowledge appears to be transferred or

picked up by the field inside the ring.

Healers who are receptive and tuned in enough to read these

messages gain an enormous amount of insight into exactly what

they need to say or do to help their patient. Sometimes they be-

come aware that a past life issue is causing the current condition,

and bringing it to the client’s attention helps to clear things up.

They may receive specific instructions as to what is required for

healing. In essence, the Lost Cubit is like a scrying mirror and can

be used in a similar fashion.

Through Hans’s theoretical calculations done in September2001, the field resonance between the Sacred Cubit and the Lost

Cubit matched almost exactly the experimentally determined fre-

quency of the “Life Force” energy researched by an obscure but

very successful scientist/inventor from Florida. (An acquaintance

of Hans who prefers to stay out of the limelight, this man’s life

work is unpublished.)

Lost Cubit: Natural Resonant Frequency

(Becker) .............................................................177 MHz

Sacred Cubit: Natural Resonant Frequency

(Cathie, Great Pyramid) ...................................144 MHz

Difference..................................................................33 MHz

The Significance of the Number Thirty-ThreeStrict mathematicians may dispute the following statements, but

numerologists won’t argue with them. Numbers signify much

more than just a quantity of something. Like the neter lengths,

numbers also represent specific qualities of spirit, or levels of ini-

tiation. The number thirty-three shows up conspicuously in many dif-

ferent places and appears to hold much significance. It is no acci-

dent that there are thirty-three vertebrae in the human spine, thirty-



❍ 120 ❍


three degrees of initiation in the Masonic Teachings, and thirty-

three-years in the life of Christ.

A thorough study of Schwaller de Lubicz’s research reveals that

the human skeleton is a template for initiation. His diagrams of the

foundation plans for the Temple of Man at Luxor show that they

replicate the complete bone structure of the human skeleton. In

these images, the vertebra at the base of the spine overlays the en-

trance to the main temple. The vertebra at the top of the spine

marks the entrance to the sacred spot of Naos, or the third eye.

This space was reserved only for the Pharaoh and his priest-ini-

tiates. (Note: Measured with a biometer, the spot of Naos, or thethird eye, vibrates at 18,000 units. This is the point in the temple

where there is nothing more of the physical—only pure spirit vi-

brates there. The paramagnetic value of the Lost Cubit and all of

the Light-Life™ Tools is 18,000.)

If de Lubicz’s work has any merit, the thirty-three vertebrae

appear to represent thirty-three stages of initiation. The original

Masons knew this: the Thirty-Third Degree of Masonry is theirhighest known level of initiation. Far Eastern emphasis on the

Kundalini force and its capacity to awaken human consciousness

indicates that the Buddhists and the Hindus understand the thirty-

three vertebrae of the human spine the same way the Egyptians

and the Masons did.

The Bible states that Christ died at the age of thirty-three. Keep

in mind that there are over six hundred versions of the Bible andthose records have been tampered with over the years. King James

made so many alterations to it, the version most Christians follow

bears little resemblance to the original document. Taking these facts

into consideration, we have no way of knowing for sure that Jesus

was precisely that age when he left his physical body. Biblical writ-

ers may not have intended this to be taken literally. Is it possible

that Christ’s supposed thirty-three-year life span is really a codefor something else?

Esoteric Christianity puts forth the notion that Jesus took on a

human form in order to encode the template for enlightenment in



❍ 121 ❍


the Akashic Records. According to that system of thought, the work

he did on himself made it possible for all humans to achieve the

level known as Christ Consciousness. If there is any truth to this,

the number thirty-three may represent the thirty-three levels of

initiation the man, Jesus, had to pass through in order to embody

the God within—it may be a code for enlightenment. If he did die

at thirty-three, this could be taken to mean that it took one year for

Christ to complete each level of initiation. Either way, this number

seems to be associated with Christ Consciousness.

From a numerological standpoint, the number thirty-three adds

up to the number six. There are six points on the MerKaBa, or what is known as the Ascension Vehicle. These six points are the

grid points for the human light body. In this reality the activation

of the MerKaBa through meditation is one way to enter into Christ

Consciousness.

The Native Americans understand the significance of the num-

ber six and its relationship to Christ Consciousness as well. The

Medicine Wheels that the native people do all of their sacred cer-emonies in incorporate not only the Four Directions, but also the

two points above and below. North, east, south, and west represent

the four elements that make up physical reality. The point above is

Father Sky. The point below is the Mother principle. An equal-

armed cross drawn with the four points connecting to the point

above and the point below forms a template for the MerKaBa.

How does all of this information relate to the frequency differ-ence between the Lost and the Sacred Cubit? Placing a Sacred Cubit

Ring inside a Lost Cubit Ring creates a double circle. The margin

formed between the two circumferences represents the difference

between the two frequencies. That space may be analogous to the

Zona Pellucida, the double-ringed margin that surrounds the Flower

of Life symbol.

The Flower of Life is the creation pattern for everything inthe universe. It is found all over the world. The Zona Pellucida is

an aspect of this creation pattern that has deep spiritual signifi-

cance. Understanding what it truly represents requires a high level



❍ 122 ❍


of consciousness. At this point in our understanding, the Zona

Pellucida appears to be akin to “The Rip in the Veil,” or the space

between dimensions. If this is so, it is a portal or an opening to

higher levels of consciousness.

The gap between the circumferential measurements of the Sa-

cred and Lost Cubit may also be a portal between one level and

another. This space could represent the pathway that leads to Christ

Consciousness. The fact that the number thirty-three comes up

when the resonant frequency of one is subtracted from that of the

other seems to support this idea.

In healing sessions, Slim’s researchers note that the combineduse of Sacred and Lost Cubit rings, one inside the other, brings

more light to bear—more Christ energy, if you will—on whatever

the problem might be. The two measurements form a whole that is

greater than the sum of its parts. In tandem, they speed up the

healing process in most cases, and produce miraculous results in

others.

Preliminary, research has been initiated on the Lost Cubit, but is so far incomplete and inconclusive. As more information comes

in, it supports the idea of limitless potential. The Lost Cubit is

leading into unfamiliar realms, and anything said about it is specu-

lative at this point.

Suggestions for Working With the Lost CubitIt seems as if the Lost Cubit rings also have a tremendous amount

of benefit in situations where people have “issues” to deal with.

Issues are not necessarily physical, although sometimes they can

be. If a person has an issue of overweight, for instance, it surfaces

at the physical level but it originates somewhere else. If an over-

weight individual were to sit inside a large Lost Cubit ring on a

daily basis with the intention of getting to the bottom of the weight issue, clarity about the problem can be received, making the per-

son able to work with it constructively on any level. Please do not

misconstrue this to mean that one will lose weight just by sitting



❍ 123 ❍


in a Lost Cubit ring. It should offer a deeper form of insight into

the root of the problem. The same applies to any issue.

If you like to meditate, try sitting inside a big Lost Cubit. This

is a great thing to do, and depending on how sensitive to energy

you are, the time spent will be more or less “other-worldly.” Sup-

pose you write for a living and you want a clear space so that the

right words come through. Put a Lost Cubit ring around your neck

and see if you notice a difference in your creative productivity. Try

this when studying for an exam or training for a sport or learning

to play a musical instrument. The effort may seem more produc-

tive and progress better retained.If you’re in a relationship and having difficulty, stand inside a

three-and-a-half Lost Cubit ring with your partner. No one is say-

ing this will “fix” your relationship issues, but issues between the

two of you may surface clearly enough for you to be able to see

what is the highest intention for the partnership is at the time. But

don’t wait for the bad times to grab your partner and hop inside a

big ring together. Nice things can happen when two people allow their fields to merge with these higher frequencies.

The Plain Jane vs. Beaded Gold and Silver Rings The early rings were all made of twisted copper wire. Slim still

produces this unplated version. Unplated rings are referred to as

“Plain Janes” and they are as effective as the beaded gold and silverrings because they incorporate the same principles. This version of

the ring can be used in any situation, but Plain Janes are utility-

grade tools and most often applied for utility purposes.

Think of Plain Janes as the working-class heroes of the ring

line. Let them do the dirty work. The plated rings look better worn

on the body and show off nicely in the healing room. There is noth-

ing wrong with using gold and silver rings around the hoses of thecar engine—but this is like wearing a prom dress to dig a ditch!

Precious metals need to be treated gently. The Plain Janes are tough

enough to withstand outdoor conditions and road grease. These



❍ 124 ❍


are the rings to use over the well pump, the water faucets, the fur-

nace fittings, the electrical meter, and the gas cap. They also make wonderful dog collars.

Slim began plating the rings with gold and silver for several

reasons. Gold and silver vibrate at specific frequencies, and those

wavelengths add their own vibration to the force emanating from

the tensor field. The precious metals augment the tensor effect.

Gold transfers solar energy into the beam and has a male vibration.

Silver adds a lunar, more feminine influence. Everyone has theirown preference when it comes to these things.

Simple copper rings work fine. Copper resonates with Venu-

sian forces and carries that frequency. Many people prefer this. Gold

4. Different Sizes, Styles and Material: Sacred Cubit Rings



❍ 125 ❍


and silver seem to satisfy the human need to beautify everything.

Slim is an artist, and his sense of aesthetics also prompted him to

gild and plate his tools.

The question “What do the beads do?” comes up frequently.

Nikola Tesla used spheres to amplify the effects of many of his

inventions. Trusting that there might be something to this, Slimdecided to add beads to his rings. The beads appear to strengthen

the tensor effect and lend it more coherence. In the long run, “A

ring is a ring, is a ring.” Plain or plated, beaded, or unbeaded, they

all do the same thing.

Slim on the Acu-Vac Coil The first coil came into being out of boredom. One afternoon Slim

had been sitting out in the shop making rings since 5:00 A . M. trying

to keep up with the early demand for them. At a certain point, he

5. Two “Plain Jane” Copper Rings



❍ 126 ❍


realized that he was totally bored with all the repetition.

Wondering what else he could do with a length of wire besides

making rings, he decided to wind it around a piece of pipe. He

dowsed out the end of the wire to determine what the polarities

were and chose to use one end over the other. The two loose ends

were joined so that they “crossed” the coils, neatly fitting the defi-

nition of a caduceus winding.

Slim was just playing and creating the way inventors do. He

had no clue as to what the effects would be. After he wound the

wire around the pipe, the short lengths at each end of the coil were

bent at right angles and soldered together. This new device wassimilar to the original ring in that it had a polarity.

Slim took the coil to his clairvoyant friend, who told him that

black energy was entering one end of the coil and white or positive

energy was coming out the other. In an attempt to feel that effect,

Slim held his hand over the positive end of the coil. He could feel

an output of energy flowing into his hand. Putting his hand over

the south pole of the coil, he could feel energy flowing out of hishand into the coil. It seemed as if the coil created a flow from nega-

tive effect to positive effect, coinciding with the clairvoyant’s ob-

servation.

A coil is basically a vacuum cleaner: as Slim says, “It sucks and

blows.” There is a rapid polar flow from south to north, from nega-

tive effect to positive effect. Dark energy is pulled in through the

south pole of the coil. As it moves through the inside of the centralcylinder, it gets transmuted into light and flows out the north end

of the coil.

Like the ring, this device has been shown to be effective at a

distance. Holding the south end of a coil toward a point of pain on

a person’s body, then slowly backing away, the intensity of the

vacuum effect actually increases the further away you get. The pain

gets sucked right out of the body. This concept of effectiveness at a distance is supported by sci-

entific research that was done between the late 1700s and the mid-

1800s. The information was compiled in a rather complicated text



❍ 127 ❍


written in the language of the time by a Scottish scientist quoted in

Dale Pond’s Sympathetic Vibratory Physics .

There may be a parallel in homeopathic medicine as well. Ho-

meopathic remedies are made by diluting and succussing water or

alcohol solutions of a healing substance. Higher potency homeo-pathic remedies, therefore, have much less of the original substance,

because they have been subject to higher dilutions. Nevertheless,

their healing effects are stronger than the lower potencies, and much

more powerful than the original substances. In homeopathy, the

further away you get from the source, the stronger the remedy is.

Like the high-potency remedy, the coil appears to “suck and blow”

more powerfully at a distance. The universal law that governs this distance phenomenon has

to do with the intrinsic nature of the gravity field, according to

newly published revelations from Dr. Hartmut Müller. A brilliant

East German researcher formerly at St. Petersburg University,

Müller, in 1982, developed the mathematics for the standing gravi-

tational wave on the planet. Unfortunately for the Western world,

this information, along with subsequent research, was classified by the USSR until after the removal of the Berlin wall.

Müller’s work outlines a wholly new science that makes much

current scientific understanding obsolete, but it is not necessarily

Photo 6. Acu-Vac Coils



❍ 128 ❍


difficult for he interested person to understand. Müller’s analysis

of the significance of the standards of measurement used in the

Great Pyramid demonstrates that the Sacred Cubit is a resonant

harmonic of the standing universal gravitational wave.

This is one of Slim’s most interesting recent discoveries: his

tools are tuned to the standing gravitational wave of the universe,

and they function in direct correspondence with it.

According to Müller’s calculations, the force of gravity or the

gravity field density is stronger at the perimeters of galaxies than it

is at their centers. He feels the same is true of the biofield or aura

around a human being. Given the toroidal nature of the humanbiofield and of a galaxy, there could be a kind of Venturi effect at

the center, where the high velocity of energy movement results in a

lowering of the gravitational field density. Hence, the effect of the

coil is to be experienced as greater when nearer to the outside of the

human aura.

The way the Acu-Vac coil works raises obvious questions:

Where does the negative energy that was sucked into the coil go?Does it come out the other end and get scattered all over? Is there

a danger of being caught in the line of fire?

The answer to this is simple. There’s no danger of absorbing

the negative energy, because it doesn’t get released in the same form

that it entered the coil. It is no longer “negative.”

The dark energy is transmuted, or in technical terms, the spin

is reversed, at the point where the bead on the coil creates a Bloch Wall. This term from magnet theory describes a point where south

changes to north and north changes to south. If one draws figure-

eight-shaped magnetic field lines between the poles of a magnet,

the point of intersection of the magnetic fields is known as the Bloch

Wall. Like the Grand Neutral, it is an infinitely small neutral point

between a two-way flow.

This principle applies as well to the coil, which could be lik-ened to a magnet where negative is converted to positive or south

is converted to north. With the coil there is a linear, rod-like or

cylinder-like flow. Black or negative energy is drawn in, and at the



❍ 129 ❍


bead the negative energy gets transmuted and pushed out of the

north end as light or positive energy.

Anyone with pain can feel the effect of the coil as it pulls the

negativity out of the body. If the coil is reversed, positive energy is

put back in and the person begins to feel better. The coil has its

provable, scientific and mathematical aspect, but it is also a sensory

thing. No one has to know anything about physics to feel this effect.

More About the CoilsSlim makes coils in different sizes. The small Acu-Vac Coils arebased on the Sacred Cubit measurement. He makes both large and

small versions of the coil using the Lost Cubit measurement. As far

as size goes, all of them transmute darkness into light, so any size

coil will work. A large Lost Cubit coil has more horsepower and

seems to pull out pain and negativity faster. The big coils were

originally made for veterinary purposes and healing large animals.

There may be something in the Lost Cubit frequency that makesthem more powerful. The tensor field of the large coils is signifi-

cantly denser, and this may be what provides them with more torque.

Over time it has been noticed by many healing practitioners

that coils can be put to use in all kinds of ways. When working with

a coil, make sure that the bead is positioned away from the body. For

any type of pain, place the south end of the coil over the painful

area, about an inch and a half away from the body, and hold it there, very lightly. A slight circular motion helps to “couple” onto the

pain, as does a slow in-and-out motion. The practitioner may feel a

slight vibration, a sensation of heat or cold, or a “magnetic” pull as

the pain is sucked into the coil.

When the patient senses that the pain is diminishing, slowly

move the coil, little by little, away from the body, keeping it aimed

at the painful point. Somewhere between four and eighteen inchesinto the auric field, hold the coil until either the patient or the

operator notices a change of state in the body or the coil. Hold that

position until no more change is noted and slowly move out a little



❍ 130 ❍


further into the auric field, in approximately four-inch increments,

until all of the pain is released. The exact distance that you cover

will depend on the sensitivity of the patient or the practitioner.

Distances of up to twenty feet are not unusual.

As with all the tools, one does not need to be a healing practi-

tioner or know anything about healing for the coils to work. They

work by themselves. Neither is it necessary to project any inten-

tion into the situation. In other words, you do not need to “intend”

that the coil or any of the tools do anything specific. Something

about the frequencies they hold “knows” automatically how to re-

store harmony and balance.

Some Practical Information on the Coils Many hands-on healing practitioners employ chakra-clearing tech-

niques as part of their energy work because most people have at

least a couple of chakras that are blocked at any given time. De-

pending on the person, it can be more or less difficult to fully clearthese areas.

Doing chakra-clearing work with either a small or large Acu-

Vac Coil makes the whole process seem much easier. This is un-

derstandable, because the coils and the other tools amplify a healer’s

natural healing gifts by a factor of 400. Blocks get released quickly

and without a whole lot of drama, trauma, or acting out. Sessions

that would normally take an hour and a half can take forty-fiveminutes.

Since a coil, no matter what size it is, vacuums out darkness,

fear, pain, blockages, and other forms of negativity, it can be em-

ployed in situations where the negativity is not necessarily associ-

ated with something physical. At a restaurant, for instance, if a con-

versation at a nearby table is disturbing, loud, or interfering with

your plans for a perfect evening, place a coil on the table, aim thesouth end of it toward the neighboring table, and wait a few min-

utes. Soon the noise level will go down enough to restore harmony

to the atmosphere.



❍ 131 ❍


This technique can be employed in any situation where people

are being loud and obnoxious. It has been known to work wonders

on long plane flights with crying babies. Sometimes in workshops

or seminars one individual always needs to dominate the class with

questions and mindless chatter that detracts from the learning ex-

perience of others. Placing the south end of a large coil within range

of these types quiets them down and makes it possible for the rest

of the group to listen and learn.

This idea of eliminating negativity from situations applies to

mechanical issues also. Holding a coil out the window while driv-

ing down the highway with the bead to the rear acts a lot like oneof Reich’s Cloud Busters clearing the air in front of you. One ex-

perimenter noticed that he got a lot better mileage when he at-

tached a coil to the transmission hump of his car.

A coil can be used in combination with a ring. If you have a

really screaming headache, place a ring on your head with a coil

hooked over it, and it will suck the pain out a little faster. This

holds true in any healing situation where you need more amper-age. It never hurts to loop a coil over a ring. All the darkness being

transmuted by the tensor field in the ring gets vacuumed away im-

mediately with the help of the coil leaving the “Light-Life™ force

more space to operate freely and heal more effectively.

If you’re dealing with a situation where there is something

serious going on, coils can provide tremendous benefit. In the

case of a young leukemia patient, her mother was instructed toplace two of the large coils at her feet four times a day for at least

thirty minutes at a time. This action served to pull all the dark-

ness out of her bloodstream. In this particular situation rings were

being used as well, not only on the patient’s body but on her life-

support systems too. And whenever the mother performed this

healing work, she had rings around her wrists. All of the tools

really helped in this situation, but the big coils were a focal part of the healing process.

When you’re doing a healing session, it’s a really good idea to

place either large or small coils at the Crown Chakra and between



❍ 132 ❍


the thighs, at the Root Chakra. When you do this the spinal col-

umn and everything connected to it seems to be cleared of all block-

ages. Every case is different, but in general, it is safe to say that

whatever is needed for the person’s benefit will come about natu-

rally.

In emergencies or circumstances that would ordinarily be di-

sastrous, the sooner you get there with coils and rings the better.

Recently Slim happened to be on the scene immediately after seri-

ous car accident. One of the passengers incurred injuries that might

have been fatal if Slim had not been present to use his knowledge

of the coils and rings to assist this woman. The doctors and nurses in the emergency room did what they

could, and they were open enough to allow Slim to do his thing,

too. They were quite taken with what they observed. More and

more people in the medical field are becoming receptive to new

ideas and methods, and there may come a day when coils and rings

are incorporated into customary medical procedures.

Slim on the Feedback Loop The Feedback Loop was Bill Reid’s idea. He and Slim had read

some articles on an optical phenomenon referred to as “phase-con-

jugate mirroring,” and the Feedback Loop was the product of a

brainstorm. A phase-conjugate mirror “feeds back” a frequency sig-

nal to itself, but reverses the phase in the process. Because it isreflected, the light of the moon is of opposite phase to the source

light coming from the sun. Where equal-amplitude, opposite-phase

wave frequencies meet, they cancel each other out. Sound and other

frequencies are governed by the same rules. When a frequency re-

turns to its source, the returning, out-of-phase frequency will can-

cel the effect of the source wave. An Internet search will uncover

definitions and information on the experimental processes that ledto the discovery of the phase-conjugate mirror phenomenon.

In the Feedback Loop we have a method for creating a flow of

energy that withdraws negativity from the body wherever there is



❍ 133 ❍


pain, just as we do with the coil. The Feedback Loop is designed

like the coil in that the same length and frequencies are used. The

difference between the two is that the Feedback Loop bends back

on itself.

The clairvoyants say that the energy traveling through Feed-back Loop has a higher velocity when compared with the coil. To

draw an analogy and make things clearer, the energy moving

through a coil moves like water in a garden hose, whereas the rela-

tive speed of the energy in a Feedback Loop is more like the hose

of a high pressure car wash. The two devices are similar and yet

different.

Both ports or openings of the Feedback Loop are directed right at the area of pain. Several clairvoyants have said that this tool is

very much like a “light saber” from the Star Wars movies. From

their perspective it has a pronounced color and a tight beam. The

7. Feedback Loops



❍ 134 ❍


beam of energy flowing through a Feedback Loop is extremely

narrow—about the size of a pencil. This concentrated beam gener-

ates an energetic flow, both in and out, creating a rapid reduction

in pain when applied for that purpose. The return of the positive

or healing energy into the body is just as rapid, due to the phase-

conjugate mirroring quality inherent in the loop.

When Bill suggested that they take the coil and turn it into a

phase-conjugate mirror, Slim went into the workshop to see how

this could be done topologically without compromising the basic

integrity and form of the coil.

Each of these devices, the ring, the coil, and the Feedback Loop, operates as a closed circuit in which the voltage is zero and

the amplitude or current approaches infinity. This has been dem-

onstrated to be the case in the laboratory of Hans Becker on nu-

merous occasions. Hans explains in person and on video that the

superconductive nature of the tools is one of their most valuable

attributes.

Applications of the Feedback Loop What’s already been said about the Acu-Vac Coil relative to its use

can apply to the Feedback Loop as well. As far as which one is

better or more efficient, it is a matter of preference. Some people

choose the Feedback Loop over the coil because they like the way

it returns light energy right back into the body. The energy beamin the loop moves like lightning and the flow is faster than with the

coil.

In energy work it is important to produce results for people. It

is a common assumption that a client’s tough issues can require

more than one session to clear. Anything, whether physical, emo-

tional, or mental, that has been part of a person’s patterning for

years or lifetimes is usually pretty sticky.Could there be a way to release old pain and blockages with

immediate results? If life in our reality happens at the speed of

thought, would it be possible to delete our negative programs the



❍ 135 ❍


same way we delete email messages?

It seems that use of a Feedback Loop in a healing session opens

the space for accessing the point of pain or trauma right then and

there. Many healing practitioners who are fond of this tool report

that what used to take more than a couple of sessions to reconcile

now takes no time at all. The larger version of the Feedback Loop

is especially powerful and seems to be particularly effective when it

comes to the immediate removal of blockages.

When working with a Feedback Loop, hold the curved part of

the coil lightly in your hand and aim both ports, or openings, to-

ward the appropriate area of the client’s body. Start with the loopabout an inch and a half away from the body. As you continue to

hold it, slowly draw it back, moving further out into the auric field.

The distance factor applies to the Feedback Loop the same way it

does to the coil.

You can also use this tool up close to the body, “combing” the

afflicted area in a circular motion until the problem dissolves. Many

practitioners “run” the meridian system or comb the auric fieldduring a session. A Feedback Loop enhances the productivity of

these processes.

As with the coil, using the Feedback Loop in conjunction with

a ring is never a bad idea. It improves the effect of the ring and

speeds up any process. There is really no wrong way to use these

tools and no specific way to apply them. Feel free to ad lib, use the

imagination, and do what you’re called to do. The user himself is apart of the application system. And don’t get hung up thinking you

have to bow to the east three times and turn clockwise. There is no

ritual involved here.

Miracles happen when the intuitive mind links up with the en-

ergies inherent in the Light-Life™ Tools. Every day we see more

and more how true this is. The field reports coming in to Slim vary

considerably, and there is a great deal to be learned from readingabout the experiences other people are having.

To become better acquainted with the tools, go to

www.slimspurling.com and check out the Field Reports.






❍ 136 ❍


The Nose Mask The Nose Mask is based on the same principles and cubit lengths

as the other tools. It is a little “cage” of twisted wire that’s shaped

like a Vesica Pisces. Students of sacred geometry may recognize

the Vesica Pisces as the first thing that formed from the Great Void

when God spoke and said, “Let there be light.” This shape is rec-

ognized by many as a template for light, which may have some-

thing to do with why the Nose Mask works so well.

The Nose Mask is the brainchild of Slim’s friend and fellow

researcher, Lonnie Anderson, and his inspiration for this tool came

in a dream. The story goes that a friend of Lonnie’s had an apocalyptic

dream in which Lonnie told everyone to wear this mask. Those

who had the sense to listen to him survived the subsequent devas-

tation. When they closed and reopened their eyes, the people wear-

ing masks found themselves floating in the air, above the fray.

Then an angel appeared to Lonnie telling him to read the

Book of Nehemiah, which is all about the rebuilding of Jerusa-lem. The message came through that the people who wore the

masks would be the ones to rebuild the cities of the world after

the Apocalypse.

Lonnie’s friend thought the dream was funny, but Lonnie, hav-

ing known many of his other dreams to come true, took it to heart.

He had never seen anything like the mask that was in the dream,

but he felt compelled to make one. So he asked for inner guidanceto know what to do.

Sitting at a work table at Slim’s house, Lonnie’s attention wan-

dered to an Environmental Harmonizer. In a moment of inspira-

tion, he saw a mask that could be made by removing two legs of the

Harmonizer, and he constructed a prototype out of some scrap

materials.

Lonnie put the mask up to his nose and breathed in and out afew times. He noticed immediately that the air he was inhaling was

fresh and clear. He showed the mask to Slim who tried it out and

had the same experience.



❍ 137 ❍


Lonnie made several more prototypes of the Nose Mask and

offered them up to various people for field-testing. Everyone in-

volved in this experiment noticed what a difference this new device

made. One woman came by to request a Nose Mask for her mother

who suffered from breathing problems. When she arrived home after visiting Slim, she was informed

that her mother had been rushed to the hospital with pneumonia.

The woman hopped in her car and went straight to the hospital

with the Nose Mask in tow. When she arrived her mother’s nose

was red and swollen and her breathing labored. She had no qualms

about trying out the new contraption, so she slept with it on all

night.By morning the redness was gone, and she felt so good she

checked out of the hospital and went home to work in her garden.

Her comment on the Nose Mask was, “I was a child the last time I

8. The Nose Mask



❍ 138 ❍


breathed this deep.” She was so enthused about this device, she

loaned it to some of her friends who had breathing conditions re-

quiring oxygen. It brought them so much relief, they were disap-

pointed that they could not keep it.

Since the beginning the Nose Mask has been effective against

respiratory conditions. People who suffer from asthma, allergies,

sinus trouble, hay fever, head colds, bronchitis, pneumonia, you

name it, benefit from its use. In cases of congestion, use of the

mask seems to excite the cilia in the lungs and move mucus out

effectively.

The Nose Mask is also useful against the effects of chemicalspraying and chemtrails. “Chemtrails” refers to aircraft exhaust

fumes executed in long, linear, criss-cross patterns in the sky. Re-

ports of virulent, antibiotic-resistant strains of bacteria, fungus, and

mold coming from these chemtrails are becoming more common.

Articles in Nexus magazine have documented that the chemicals in

chemtrails carry microorganisms that infect the lungs and mucus

glands. The recent upsurge in cases of asthma and allergies in theUS population and other parts of the world is a direct result of the

effects of chemtrails.

On days when chemtrails are being sprayed, the Nose Mask

can be used as a preventative measure. The high current generated

in the superconducting ring incorporated into the Nose Mask causes

copper ions or monatomic copper to sublimate from the wire. Ei-

ther of these forms of copper ions are toxic to poisonous bacteria,fungus, and mold that filter down from aircraft exhaust fumes or

other sources. The copper works to kill the organism directly, or it

neutralizes the plus or minus charge by filling the “docking port”

that enables the bug to attach to a cell wall of opposite charge and

then interrupt the normal function of a healthy cell.

Skin carries a slight voltage generated from heart sound, pulse,

and infrared body heat. In contact with the skin, the slight voltagecoming from the body and the galvanic action of sweat reacting

with the metal charges the mask in a beneficial way. When copper

is exposed to water it oxidizes, and the moisture from the skin and



❍ 139 ❍


the breath triggers a chemical reaction as it comes into contact with

the copper. The energy created may produce ionized oxygen. With

every inhalation, the ionized oxygen is ripped off the copper and

sublimated copper ions are inhaled with it.

The Nose Mask wasn’t designed to enhance one’s looks. Al-

though a cage over the nose may feel strange, people get so much

relief they forget about their appearance. Only the bravest souls

would be caught dead wearing it out in public, but it can be worn

around the house any time, including during sleep.

Keep the Nose Mask handy so that it can be used in an asthma

or allergy attack, or when sinuses make trouble. If you feel a coldcoming on, strap on a Nose Mask and see what happens. It loosens

up congestion right away and can knock out a head cold before it

even settles into your system. If you have respiratory problems,

wear a Nose Mask on poor air-quality days and when there are

chemtrails.

Slim makes large and small versions of the Nose Mask. The

smaller size was created expressly for children who suffer fromasthma and allergies.

If the Nose Mask becomes tarnished, simply coat it with ketchup

and wait a bit; then wash it with soap, rinse well, and it is ready for

use again.

The Acupressure ToolSlim’s friend Dr. Dora Lofstrom gave him the idea for the

Acupressure Tool. Dora is an ecclesiastic, a clinical researcher, and

executive director of the World Natural Health Organization. It

was at her suggestion that Slim make the Acupressure Tool using

both the Sacred and Lost Cubit measurements.

This device is used to provide pressure on acupuncture points,

the way an acupressurist uses fingers. The higher frequencies gen-erated by the cubit lengths amplify the healing effects at each point.

This turns an acupressure session into more of an acupuncture treat-

ment.



❍ 140 ❍


The Acupressure Tool may be even more effective than acu-

puncture needles, according to some researchers in Slim’s network.

If so, people who fear the needles need not miss the benefits of

acupuncture. The Acupressure Tool is definitely a workable alter-

native. It can also be used on pets and animals with good results.

The tools that have been described in the first half of this chap-

ter are essential components of an “Energetic First-Aid Kit” and can

be applied for countless other purposes as well. Used separately or in

combination, they benefit the health and generally improve the quality

of life in ways that seem to make things better for everyone.

The Harmonizers The next tool on Slim’s list is the Harmonizer. This device can

impact every level of human experience. All of Slim’s tools are con-

structed using the same principles and cubit lengths. The Harmo-

nizers create a broad field effect that permeates the whole environ-

ment. What follows is a substantial amount of anecdotal information

that comes straight from Slim. These stories and field reports are

included here to provide a fuller sense of what the Harmonizer

technology is all about.

Slim With Some Background on the Harmoniz-ersIn the next phase of development of the tools, Slim and Bill wanted

to create a sweeping beam that would dispel air pollution and

disempower damaging weather conditions as they approached. They

stood a ring on edge, making the planar surface of the tensor per-

pendicular to the floor. If they could rotate the ring on its vertical

axis, the coherent beam coming out of the tensor would be able tosweep the area like a searchlight.

Even though they did not have the exact measurement for the

length of the beam at that time, they knew that it reached about ten



❍ 141 ❍


miles in both directions. Rotating on the vertical axis would create

a “plane” of energy and sweep pollution from the atmosphere. Thisproved unworkable, as the plane was too thin to affect a significant

portion of the pollution volume.

Back to the drawing board: they crossed two rings vertically at

right angles to each other, forming an “X” from the bird’s eye view.

This configuration was taken to the clairvoyant who, not being one

to overlook the obvious, said, “Well, you have an X! You have two

beams intersecting in the center and extending out way beyond my field of vision.”

So why not try three intersecting rings, at 120 degrees? This

time the clairvoyant saw a donut-shaped or toroidal form. The tor-

oid, or torus-like shape, is a constant in the universe. Quantum

physics describes the primary shape of particles, atoms, and pho-

tons as toroidal. At the energetic level everything in the cosmos,

when reduced to its fundamental form, is a toroid.Slim and Bill set up this new device with the rings fixed at 120

degrees in their homes and workshops for a few days so that they

could examine its qualities and properties first-hand. They observed

9. Harmonizers



❍ 142 ❍


that air pollution in the immediate area seemed disappear for a

distance of a couple of hundred yards. The air was fresher and

brighter. There seemed to be a wall that marked the boundary of

the Harmonizer field, and the pollution on the other side of it wasfairly opaque. The Brown Cloud situation in Denver would later

provide an ideal testing ground for experimentation with this de-

vice.

One of the things they noticed right away was that the full cu-

bit rings were a bit too powerful for the environment. Some people,

even those who were not especially sensitive types, were reporting

headaches, dizziness, and other reactions, so they reduced the sizeof the original Harmonizer to one quarter of a cubit to tone the

frequencies down a bit.

The current Harmonizer technology evolved naturally out of

the ring technology that came into being in 1991. By 1993, Slim

and Bill had run enough experiments and done enough research to

justify taking the smaller version of the early prototype to the clair-

voyant one more time. Her observation was that at rest, merely sitting on the table, it generated a field that had a radius of 100 feet.

When certain sound frequencies were piped into this device, the

field expanded to a fifteen-mile radius.

10. A Toroidal Field



❍ 143 ❍


They now had in their hands an instrument that could transmit

a limited field and yet have an extremely powerful, localized effect.

The Harmonizer had the capacity to clear air pollution within a

thirty-mile diameter.Several clairvoyants directed them to add a coil to the center of

this device. The coil directs the flow of energy, creating a rotating,

spherical toroid. The South Pole of the coil sucks in negative en-

ergy. As it flows up and out the North Pole, it is transmuted to

light or positive energy. This positive, life-giving force is then ra-

diated outward over a distance through the rotating field effect cre-

ated by the three intersecting rings.Later on, Slim and Bill added beads and a base to the Harmo-

nizer. The beads amplified the effects: the base was purely func-

tional. The original Harmonizers in Slim’s archives seem crude

11. Early Harmonizers



❍ 144 ❍


compared to model produced now. Nonetheless, it was with these

primitive prototypes that the air pollution technology was first de-

veloped. Ten of them were later used in the air pollution experi-

ment in Denver on March 18, 1994. Slim plans one day to dupli-

cate the original air pollution experiments using the original Har-

monizers to demonstrate the fundamental simplicity and effective-

ness of his work.

Some of the experiments Slim and Bill did with the caduceus-

wound coil and air pollution back in the mid-eighties will shed more

light on the subject. Their early research was not “heavily funded,”

shall we say, and the first Harmonizer was a double strand of ten ortwelve-gauge zip cord wrapped around one of those metal spools

you find at automotive supply houses. This spool was about four

inches tall and four inches in diameter, with a three-quarter inch

hollow tube between the two end plates. Five or six layers of cord

were wrapped caduceus fashion around this solenoid coil.

This original caduceus-wound, solenoid coil ran in Slim’s lab

for about two weeks. He recalls that it was the dead of winter, prob-ably in 1986 or 1987. He observed at the time that around his house,

for a mile or a two-mile radius, the air was totally free of pollution.

This distance conformed to the size and radius of the field being

generated by the caduceus winding sitting on the bench in his base-

ment laboratory. There was concern that the coil running at 110

volts would burn out, so a 100-watt light bulb was added to the

circuit for ballast. The light bulb allowed the current to trickle moreslowly, avoiding a short circuit in the coil. Later they realized that a

short circuit was actually desirable, but that alternative seemed

unsuitable at the time.

After two weeks of running nonstop in the lab, the device had

cleared the air in the laboratory. The electro-smog normally present

inside had vanished, and the air in the room was crystal-clear. When

they stepped outside to check on the extent of this effect, they couldsee that there was a quarter- to a half-mile of air that didn’t seem to

be polluted. There appeared to be a “wall” between the field bound-

ary and the heavy brown air so omnipresent in Denver at that time.



❍ 145 ❍


They decided to keep the Harmonizer running. The field radius

increased daily by almost a few hundred yards, until it finally reached

an apparent limit of two miles.

One night Slim was reading a book while sitting in an armchair

directly above the coil in the basement. He began to feel so spacey

that he could not concentrate. Coming upon him so suddenly, he

figured that the field effect from the coil had something to do with

it. He went downstairs and unplugged it, never considering what

the consequences might be.

The outside temperature that February night was zero degrees.

It had been so cold in the house that he was bundled up in three orfour layers of wool clothing. Even so, he felt chilled sitting still in

his reading chair. After he turned off the Harmonizer unit, he left

the lab, and as he was heading up the basement steps his body tem-

perature zoomed up. He had to peel off his coat and the sweater he

was wearing under it.

Before he got to the top of the stairs he knew he was in dan-

ger of overheating, so he stripped off his shirt and his long johnsand dove naked out the back door into eight inches of snow. He

was like a red-hot poker rolling around in the snow. By the time

he cooled down enough to be out of danger, he had melted prac-

tically all of the snow off the ground. For Slim, this was impor-

tant information, but definitely an experiment he never wants to

repeat.

Slim phoned Bill immediately to tell him what had happened.Bill pointed out that he had gotten caught in a field collapse. Obvi-

ously, Slim had been smack in the center of this energy vortex right

at ground zero. As the field collapsed, the thermal effect on his

body drove his temperature up from a normal 98.6 and feeling cool

up to about 110 degrees in the space of thirty seconds or so. He

was lucky to survive this event. If it had not been midwinter and

cold, he might not have been so fortunate. This experience taught Slim a lot about how important it is to

be careful whenever doing any kind of research. At the time, he

knew too little about physics to foresee this field collapse and its



❍ 146 ❍


possible effects. As a result of this near-death experience, Slim and

Bill axed this particular device off their list of options for clearing

up air pollution in urban areas. Suppose it had been put to use in a

large city and the power were to go off suddenly? The hazard to

anyone in the vicinity would be disastrous and certainly not worth

the risk. They went back to the drawing board, intending to create

an air pollution device that required no electrical input.

The Harmonizers that are being produced now work better

than the early prototypes, and there is no danger of a field collapse

with the new units. The audio frequencies that are broadcast

through them expand the field effect over a specific radius depend-ing on the size of the unit. When the sound is shut off the field is

reduced to a smaller radius, so there is always a “cushion” that keeps

positive effects circulating in a limited area.

The Denver Air Pollution Experiment—The

Whole Story Many people have already heard the story about the Denver

Air Pollution Experiment. Drunvalo Melchizedek has talked about

it in his workshops on many occasions, and it has been written about

here and there. In the first chapter of his latest book, Living In The

Heart , Drunvalo describes in detail his own experience of the pol-

lution-clearing project. What follows is Slim’s version of the story

and everything that led up to it.In early 1994, Bob Dratch gave a workshop in California that

involved the use of his Molecular Scanner. While he was there, he

noted that there was a peculiar cloud formation just off the coast.

He said that it looked like a school of sharks all pointed out to sea.

This cloud formation was floating just above the fault zone that

had not yet released the Northridge Quake, a quake that turned

out to be large enough to literally ring the planet like a bell.Prior to that quake Bob had taken some readings on his scan-

ner that revealed a very anomalous signature. After the earthquake

occurred, the cloud pattern vanished and the anomalous signature



❍ 147 ❍


disappeared off his scanner. He sensed a strong relationship be-

tween the quake, the cloud pattern, and the anomalous frequencies

on his machine.

When he returned from California about a week later, he and

Slim began discussing the earthquake and his conclusions. During

this time, exactly the same cloud pattern showed up along the Front

Range of the Rocky Mountains over what is known as the Golden

Fault.

Around ten o’clock that morning, Bob phoned Slim in a very

agitated state. Along the Golden Fault his scanner was showing

exactly the same destructive harmonic resonance pattern that hadcome up on its screen prior to the Northridge Quake. Bob men-

tioned that his dog was behaving in a nervous manner, as dogs are

prone to do before earthquakes. Bob is supersensitive and felt a

“really awful feeling in the air.”

By this time Bob understood the power and the nature of the

Light-Life™ Tools, so he asked Slim to pick a tool and see if he

could eliminate the potential for this earthquake. Slim went out-side with a three-and-a-half-cubit ring and slowly scanned the beam

of the ring north and south, back and forth across the fault line,

which was located just a half a mile from his house.

Because he had an appointment in Denver, Slim could only

devote twenty minutes to this assignment, but when he returned

three hours later Bob called him with good news. His awful feeling

was gone, his dog was no longer upset, and the reading on the scan-ner was normal, with nothing indicating an earthquake. The cloud

pattern had also dissipated.

After this series of interchanges, observations, and experi-

ments, Slim wanted to find out if Bob’s scanner could pick up the

energy field of the ring, or the “beam” of the ring at a distance.

So they prearranged a time and got on the phone to conduct a

experiment.Bob’s laboratory was about ten miles away and on the other

side of a mountain from Slim’s house. They knew that if Bob pointed

his scanner vertically, the beam of the ring would intersect the view



❍ 148 ❍


field of the scanner and be picked up on the screen. As it happened,

there was a tiny little lens-shaped cloud about a hundred yards in

diameter floating right above Bob’s laboratory. Slim asked him to

aim the beam of the scanner directly at the cloud and facing north-

west, he began sweeping the horizon with a ring.

Imagine a ten-mile-long two-by-four sweeping the horizon.

Slim used a slow motion, rather like an hour hand on a clock. This

made it possible for Bob to pick up the energy beam of the ring in

his scanner view field. Once the connection was stabilized, he raised

the beam so that it would intersect with the cloud formation above

the laboratory.Bob confirmed that the beam had aligned with the cloud, and

after fifteen minutes Slim asked him to bring the frequency up as

an audio signal. Bob converted the computer recording into a

sound like a fly buzzing on the other end of the telephone. They

had captured the frequency of the water molecules in the cloud

on tape.

The next thing Bob said was, “Oh my gosh, the lab smells likeozone, as fresh as fresh air in the spring!” Now, this was an inter-

esting comment, because a mouse had recently crawled into the

furnace in Bob’s laboratory and died or fried, and he had been com-

plaining that the stink in there was just awful. The odor had disap-

peared. Slim’s first thought was, “We’ve got a product here, a fresh

air device, a sonic air cleaner!” This seemed like such a good idea

that Bob made a copy of the tape and dropped it off at Slim’s a few days later.

Soon Slim was fooling around, playing this water-frequency

tape on a boom box. He set up an Environmental Harmonizer be-

tween the speakers of the boom box and immediately sensed an air

freshening effect in the room. Outdoors, he smelled really nice,

fresh, mountain meadow scent, the natural ozone scent that ac-

companies a rain shower or new-mown hay.Slim called Bob to tell him what was going on and played the

tape with the Harmonizer in front of the boom box. After a few

minutes Bob commented that it felt like a cool breeze was going



❍ 149 ❍


through his body. He felt that the energy field they had created was

expanding.

The sound frequency from the tape caused the effect of the

Harmonizer to move outward for a distance of at least ten miles,

the distance to Bob’s laboratory. It took a few more minutes for the

“breeze” Bob was feeling to quit moving through his body. Based

on that timing, they estimated the radius of this energy field to

have grown to at least fifteen miles.

The next step was obvious. If they could create this kind of

effect for a fifteen-mile radius, then the air-clearing effect they had

experienced in the lab and home could be expanded over a largerarea. Bob made ten more cloud-water tapes, and Slim got busy

making ten more Environmental Harmonizers. These were simi-

lar to but cruder than the ones he is producing now.

The ten Harmonizers and tapes were given to a small follow-

ing of people who already had experience with the early rings and

coils. (Slim still has the list of the names of the people who took

part in this experiment.) Each unit was placed strategically. Oneunit was positioned about fifteen miles north of Colorado Springs.

Another went to Parker, fifteen miles further on. Five units were

set up in the Denver area, covering the north, south, east, and west-

ern portions of the city. A unit was placed in Golden, another just

north of Boulder, and one hummed in Fort Collins as well.

With everything set to go, at one o’clock in the afternoon on

March 18, 1994 they all played the tape into their Harmonizersuninterruptedly for exactly one hour. At two o’clock that day the

experiment ended. The participants waited to hear the results of

this work.

Coming home from north of Boulder that evening Slim crossed

Rocky Flats, just west of Denver. Hydrogen bomb components have

been manufactured at Rocky Flats for years and this area is loaded

with toxic plutonium. As one drives through, looking out acrossthe valley, the horizon line east of Denver is about sixty miles away.

Slim had traveled this road many times before and had never been

able to see Denver, due to the famous Brown Cloud. The toxic



❍ 150 ❍


plutonium around Rocky Flats was a major contributor to the Brown

Cloud, playing a big part in putting Denver at the top of the most-

polluted cities list.

But at seven o’clock on that evening in March of 1994, the air

around Rocky Flats was so crystal-clear that a candle flame could

have been seen on the horizon sixty miles away. Slim could see

house lights. Even the automobile lights on the interstate were vis-

ible to the eye all the way out to Keenesburg and Hudson, nor-

mally an impossibility. The sky was so clear that night that it ap-

peared to be absolutely black. There was no blue nor any light dif-

fusion, as is typical over a city at night. According to Slim, the reflected light from the cloud of pol-

lution over Denver for years had made it easy to read the newspa-

per at night. But on this night there was nothing but a black vault

overhead, with larger and clearer stars than he had ever seen at

that altitude. He says that it was comparable to the color of the

sky and the size of the stars when camping out at 10,000 or 12,000

feet.Slim pulled off to the side of the road and burst into tears. For

twenty minutes, he cried for joy and with relief that there was now

a method for dealing with life-threatening air pollution on this

planet. In that moment it hit him that now air pollution could be

almost instantaneously removed: city, by city, by city. His whole

life since 1986 had been devoted to solving this problem. It had

been a long journey. He needed a good cry. The following day at noon the Channel 4 weather forecaster

came on with the midday report. He said, “It’s so clear you can see

Utah!” To see all the way to Utah after years of not even being able

to see Denver was a miracle. For Slim it was definitely more than

just a meteorological phenomenon. It was the “beginning of the

end” of air pollution on this planet.

Aside from the lower pollution levels the Denver experiment appeared to yield another very positive side-effect. Between March

and June of 1994, the quarterly report on crime statistics in the

city dropped 33 percent. The police chief put forth the notion



❍ 151 ❍


that the police force was being much more efficient in their du-

ties, which could very well have been true. But if they were more

efficient, it is possible that the energy field the Harmonizers gen-

erated and the absence of oppressive air pollution had something

to do with it.

Slim continued using the Harmonizers to clear the Denver air

for the next several months and has kept it up ever since. Naturally

he sought some kind of official documentation of the air quality

changes he knew had occurred in March. Due to the usual bureau-

cratic hassles, it took him one whole year to obtain a copy of an

official report. Meanwhile, Denver was removed from the most-polluted city list in March 1994.

It wasn’t until April 2002, eight years later, that the news about

the pollution clearing made headlines in Colorado. At a big press

conference attended by the Governor, EPA and Health Depart-

ment officials were finally willing to publicly acknowledge that

things had changed. Tighter auto and wood-burning stove emis-

sion standards got the credit for getting the job done.Bureaucracy is paralyzed by forces that are difficult to under-

stand. And it is easier to let sleeping dogs lie than it is to try to wake

them from their slumber, especially when they are “working for

the public.” Back in 1994, the last thing officialdom wanted to hear

was that air pollution no longer needed to be a problem. The sad

truth is that their jobs and salaries depended on keeping that idea

quiet. Even if they understood what Slim and his group had ac-complished, they were too bound by the system to open their eyes

until 2002, when it became too obvious to ignore.

Slim could have stepped forward and taken the credit for these

changes way back in the beginning, but he knew enough not to do

that. No one would have believed him. The average person is pretty

skeptical when it comes to things like rings or tensor planes. After

all, we’re told that air pollution and crime are unsolvable prob-lems. How could something so simple actually work? And this

skinny old Hillbilly had the solution? Wasn’t some physicist from

NASA supposed to be the one to figure it out? It is hard to believe.



❍ 152 ❍


But it becomes easier to believe when you know that Slim Spurling

could go to any polluted city on any continent on the planet and

duplicate the results.

Cairo These pollution-clearing experiments have been successfully re-

peated all the way from Denver to Cairo. When he arrived in

1997 in Cairo, Slim says the air with its jet and chemical fumes

was so bad it could have taken the hair off a buffalo hide! Accord-

ing to him the air in that city was so thick and nasty, you couldn’t even see across the street. The sun was an orange-brown disk

faintly visible on the horizon through a thousand-foot layer of

brown stench.

We boarded a cruise ship for the trip up the Nile. The valley was

filled with a clinging oily haze . . . In the late afternoon we passed

a sugarcane mill that belched the blackest cloud of smoke fromits innards I have ever seen. We had a Harmonizer attached to

an electronic box designed by Bob Dratch that we employed to

good advantage. Within seconds of pushing the switch on the

box to start the audio program, the smoke visibly thinned and

began to dissipate around the edges and on the leading edge of

the plume. It did not seem to drift as fast as before. We were able

to observe this for about an hour, as the wind drift was goingupstream only a little slower than our cruise boat. By the time

we were out of sight of the plume—maybe an hour had passed—

it was definitely much thinner than would have been expected

under “normal” conditions.

For the grand experiment in Cairo we had three R-2 units con-

sisting of a Harmonizer mounted above an Acu-Vac Coil in acase. One unit was activated by sound and the other two were

“slave” units activated by the main unit.



❍ 153 ❍


One unit was placed about 500 feet in front of the Sphinx in a

private home and on a key grid point of the sacred geometry

layout of Giza. Two others were placed at the site of the temple

of the Solar Cross about one and a half miles due south of the

Great Pyramid. This involved a rather hairy midnight camel ride

into the desert, somewhat reminiscent of an Indiana Jones thriller.

We had to leave the units in rock cairns flanking the entrance to

the temple, with hopes that the camel jockey wouldn’t retrieve

them before we were able to activate them.

We activated the main unit the next morning and then took a

tour of the Cairo Museum that lasted about five hours. When

we emerged from the building, we found that it had rained the

whole time we were inside: an unseasonable deluge in January!

The air was fresh and clean and the whole city of Cairo was free

of air pollution. It stayed away until we left a few days later. Even

the airport was free of the stink as we left.

It seems a bit strange that events of this nature never get any

press. And every time this story gets told, people never fail to ask,

why, if these methods have been proven to be so effective, don’t

the governments of the world do something with them? The an-

swer to that question is simple, but it is one that few people want

to hear.

It’s a good thing for all of us that Slim just keeps going about his business. A lot can be said for a man who knows what he is

doing. Eventually the powers that be will wake up, and the govern-

ments of the world will begin to pay attention. But until they do,

we will have to be content to use this technology at the grassroots

level.

Reflections on the Denver Experiment An observation made by a participant in the Denver air pollution

experiment was that ten or fifteen minutes after they began



❍ 154 ❍


running the Harmonizers, thunderheads built up along the Front

Range directly over the Golden Fault. They rose up to a tremen-

dous height, tipped over, and moved off to the east.

From a scientific standpoint, the sudden appearance of thun-

derheads meant that a standing wave had been generated over the

fault zone. This could be considered quite normal. Thunderheads

typically pop up in the afternoon over the Front Range of Colo-

rado and then float off toward the east. It was a fairly warm day, but

even so, in March it would have been unusual for something like

this to happen. Having lived in Colorado for over fifty years, Slim

observed that thunderheads make their earliest appearances in Juneor July.

From a scientific perspective, this indicated that the energy field

of the Harmonizers had extended below the ground. Imagine ten

toroids within fifteen miles of a fault zone, each having an effective

radius of fifteen miles in all directions and generating a high fre-

quency that can create a shift in planetary energetics that releases

telluric forces. The result is a standing wave. The electronics wizard, Nikola Tesla, performed many experi-

ments in Colorado Springs, also located on this fault line, and it

was through the development of these afternoon thunderstorms

that he began to understand the nature of standing waves. Stand-

ing waves can travel. And they maintain a regular shape or form

that manifests as a cloud pattern. The frequencies generated by

these standing waves can be used for information transfer or en-ergy transfer.

Recent developments challenge conventional knowledge and

demonstrate that standing gravitational waves are a key to under-

standing all of physics, from the atomic right on up to the galactic

level. Dr. Hartmut Müller’s research has revealed that gravity or-

ders everything. His theories put forth the idea that the standing

gravitational wave of the universe is what links everything in cre-ation.

What Slim has discovered, and what appears to be the case based

on recent observations, is that the Harmonizers, along with the



❍ 155 ❍


rest of the tools, function in complete resonance with the standing

gravitational wave of the universe. The implications here are enor-

mous and Slim has just begun to explore them. They have added a

whole new dimension to his understanding of the tools.

More Reflections on DenverOne of the things Slim emphasizes when he recounts the 1994 ex-

periment is the seriousness of the air pollution affecting Denver at

the time. Buildings in the downtown area on an ordinary day, sum-

mer or winter, were not visible two miles out of town. From fivemiles out, only the tops of the tallest buildings could be seen above

the Brown Cloud. This condition was always more severe in the

early part of the day, but dissipated slightly toward noon. During

the winter months, there was no dissipation at all.

Following the one-hour experiment with the Harmonizers the

air clarity condition persisted for four days. At the end of that time

the field collapsed and there was more air pollution than Slim hadever seen in his life. Black layers floated at cloud level and below,

and the sunset was absolutely brown. The sun was almost invisible

on the horizon.

As Slim drove west on 6th Avenue back toward the mountains,

he held a small Acu-Vac Coil out the car window. By the time he

reached the foothills near Golden, the air to the west was perfectly

clear.It dawned on Slim that this was due to the fact that the town of

Golden was west of the Golden Fault. The area between the fault

in Golden and the fault that runs along the Platte River through

Denver seemed to be holding the mass of air pollution. This huge

black energy just hung there in the air. It looked like coal dust.

As he drove north toward Boulder, the coil he was holding out

the window created more clearing, and the following morning theheavy cloud of black pollution was nowhere to be seen. The super-

conductivity of this small device was apparently powerful enough

to cause an immense change in the atmosphere.



❍ 156 ❍


Onward and Upward—Coming Out of theClosetShortly after the 1994 air pollution clearing experiment, Slim and

Bill went to a conference in Fort Collins and presented their story

to the people associated with the Institute for New Science. One

of the members there had access to the local air pollution moni-

toring equipment. This man agreed to do a study in an attempt to

prove or disprove Slim and Bill’s claim that they had found a way

to successfully handle air pollution. A member of their network

who functioned as an independent observer worked alongside the

independent operators of the Fort Collins air pollution monitor-ing station, and this team of people conducted experiments for

three months.

The initial results from these experiments showed that the

first thing to disappear from the Fort Collins air when the Har-

monizer was in operation was carbon monoxide. At that time this

was the only noxious gas they could trace, because their equip-

ment was not sophisticated enough to measure the nitrous oxidesand other pollutants in the Brown Cloud. But the statistical analy-

sis that followed and the graphs that the city supplied made it

very clear that there was a significant drop in the carbon monox-

ide content in the air. Copies of the formal reports are filed in

Slim’s archives.

During the three months that these experiments were con-

ducted, there were periods when the Harmonizer unit was “on”and periods when it was “off.” The “on-off” sequences coincided

exactly with the fall and rise of the various air pollutants being

measured. Particulate levels were assessed, but the high winds from

the west that blow through Fort Collins made it difficult to deter-

mine their level of concentration. Even so, the overall readings on

particulates were lower than they were in previous years during the

same time period.



❍ 157 ❍


GrassrootsSlim and Bill continued to get the word out. They were receiving

more exposure, and people were listening closely to what they had

to say. They presented their data at the Institute for New Science

four or five times.

Slim spoke at a couple of these conferences at the Institute, and

it gave him a chance to demonstrate the use of the Harmonizer. He

had enough hard scientific proof now to make a good impression,

and the people who heard him speak knew that he was not ped-

dling snake oil at his booth in the lobby.

At that point they began selling Harmonizer units to peoplefrom all over the country. The grassroots network that is commit-

ted to using this technology was seeded back in 1994 at the talks

Slim delivered at the New Science Institute. Those early seeds have

taken root and spread, and Slim estimates that there are now around

10,000 Harmonizers running all over the planet, and probably at

least one in every major city.

The Downstream Effects As a result of the Harmonizer experiments, the pollution levels in

Denver continued to be lower than ever, never again rising to the

earlier levels. As mentioned earlier, the crime rate went down 33

percent, too. This indicates that somehow the consciousness level

of the local population is uplifted by the improved field effect. It appears that the Harmonizers do in fact have a metaphysical im-

pact on the human mind. They establish a frequency that has a

harmonizing effect on the social fabric as a whole.

The Environmental Clearing CD contains and conveys frequen-

cies of the water molecule. This particular waveform was chosen

because planetary life is contingent on water. Water functions as a

solvent and a superconductor, and it appears to both receive and trans-mit cosmic energy or higher forms of energy. Living organisms, com-

posed of an average of 70 percent water, therefore resonate to the

water frequency regardless of form or level of function.



❍ 158 ❍


Since water is the “universal solvent,” we can say that the air

pollution, or the chemicals that create air pollution, are simply dis-

solved . The Harmonizer itself has the inherent capacity to increase

the orbital radius of every electron in its field of operation. Couple

this action with the effects of the sound frequencies of the water as

universal solvent. The toxic chemical elements in polluted air ex-

perience expansion or loosening of the orbital radius of every single

electron boosted due to the field effect of the Harmonizer. In a

“duet” with the water frequencies emanating from the Environ-

mental Clearing CD, those loosened chemical bonds disintegrate.

In this way, the atomic and molecular bonds in the toxic ele-ments are broken down or separated into their basic components.

It is interesting to note that in molecular form these elements con-

tinue to be poisonous, but when the molecular bonds are broken,

they cease to be toxic.

The relationship of carbon monoxide and nitrogen gas serves

as a good example of this process. What happened when carbon

monoxide “disappeared” from the air in the early pollution clear-ing experiments? A carbon atom has an atomic mass of 12 and oxy-

gen is 16. A carbon monoxide molecule consists of one carbon atom

and one oxygen atom, amounting to a mass of 28. The mass of

nitrogen gas, N2, is also 28. The field effect created by the Harmo-

nizers and the sound frequencies appear simply to transmute car-

bon monoxide to nitrogen. As we all know, the right proportion of

nitrogen in the air is more appropriate and beneficial than carbonmonoxide.

Louis Kervran’s research supports this theory of transmutation.

Transmutation is an alchemical term, but as far as science is con-

cerned, alchemy might as well be the Antichrist. Why they per-

ceive alchemy in that light is hard to fathom, because there are

more treatises on alchemy than there are on any other form of chem-

istry. What was recognized as a valid science in the ancient world iscurrently often dismissed as witchcraft.

Much of that alchemical knowledge has been “lost” or deliber-

ately hidden for reasons that are unrelated to the present discus-



❍ 159 ❍


sion. Regardless of what mainstream science is willing to accept,

there are plenty of alchemists around today, and all of them know

enough about transmutation to be clear about the validity of any

claims they might make for it.

The Psychological Effects of Air Pollution The chemistry of air pollution affects human beings not only physi-

cally. It has a psychological impact on them as well.

When a person feels attacked, a “fight or flight” response

mechanism is set in motion at both the physiological and psycho-logical levels. Whether the attack is overt or from some unseen,

unrecognized chemical reaction, the cellular response is exactly the

same. The chemical response in the brain and in the physical body

under this kind of stress can give rise to irrational thoughts, and in

extreme cases even criminal behavior can result. This type of reac-

tion is not something the individual would necessarily choose if he

were not being threatened. When air pollution is cleared, hydrocarbon emissions and other

molecular components of the atmosphere, which are unnatural and

tend to lower the light frequencies entering a person’s eyes, are

removed. There have been a number of studies conducted regard-

ing the psychological effects of different light frequencies. The pure

solar spectrum coming through a pure atmosphere is the proper,

healthful spectral influence on the human psyche. When there is overexposure to the lower frequencies of light

emanating from the red zone of the refracted solar spectrum, the

vibration level goes down and consequently there is a lower psy-

chological or psychic response. People tend to feel more depressed

under these lowered spectral frequencies, and under extreme con-

ditions they can exhibit extremely aberrant behavior.

So when the atmosphere is cleared, there can be an impact onthe crime rate. People will act more rationally and not be nega-

tively affected by the distorted frequencies of the polluted solar

spectrum.



❍ 160 ❍


More Data on the Effects of the Harmonizers:The McCurry FarmLight controls many biological functions as well as life cycles and

hibernation or pupation cycles of insects. Sometimes we take these

things for granted the same way we take breathing for granted, but

if we pay attention to what is really happening around us, we can

learn a great deal about the effects of light.

A few years back Slim was doing some experiments with an

Agricultural Harmonizer on the McCurry Farm in northern Iowa.

The corn crop on this farm had become infested with corn borers,

the devastating larval form of a night-flying miller. These mothscome equipped with sensors that respond to nocturnal infrared

emanations from unhealthy corn plants. Soon after the installation

of an Agricultural Harmonizer with the Environmental Clearing

tape, the infestation dissipated, implying an improvement in the

health of the corn crop.

If parasites were no longer attracted to the plants, a change in

the infrared radiation from the plants occurred. Such a change caneven affect the composition of the solar spectrum coming into the

fields. Light is what drives the metabolic cycles in green plants.

Clearing the air pollution restored the normal solar spectrum re-

quired by all plants for the production of proteins and sugars. With

the atmosphere in perfect tune, the light from the sun found its

way to the crops with no distortion.

In the fall of that same year, the ladybug population on the McCurry farm seemed to explode. Ladybugs are carnivorous in-

sects beneficial to farmers and gardeners.

One day as the McCurrys were pulling into their driveway

they noticed that the outside wall of the farmhouse had been

painted bright orange. Their immediate thought was that some

vandals had done this. When they got closer, what they saw was

that a huge swarm of ladybugs had congregated on the wall out-side the room where the Harmonizer was humming. The layers

of insects were so thick that the house looked like it had been

painted orange.



❍ 161 ❍


Mr. McCurry later told Slim that he had not even seen a lady-

bug in the area in thirty years. Ever since the advent of pesticides

for general farming practices, these insects had pretty much disap-

peared. Coincidental with the installation of the Harmonizer tech-

nology, swarms of “prodigal” ladybugs showed up after a thirty-

year hiatus. They arrived miraculously, or so it seems, to feed off

the eggs that the corn borer moths had laid on the corn stalks, and

Bingo, what do you know? Mother Nature solved the problem.

The fact that they returned in such large numbers was an indica-

tion that some sort of ecological balance had been restored. What

Mr. McCurry also noted was that the corn borers were no longereven attracted to the area.

That fall on the McCurry farm, the corn borer pupae that or-

dinarily would have overwintered hatched mysteriously just as soon

as it began to freeze. There was no explanation for this, but you

could chalk it up to the idea that Mother Nature can handle any

situation if you just know how to treat her right. Because they had

no sustenance, no plants to lay their eggs on, and no way to repro-duce, the whole outbreak of corn borers was completely aborted in

one season.

Every farm in a four-county area had been warned about this

plague earlier in the spring, but by the fall of the same year the

threat of infestation had been reduced to zero. Even though Slim

never took the time to document what took place on the surround-

ing farms, it is likely that they were spared this disaster, too. The McCurrys continued to run their Agricultural Harmonizer

from that point on. The ladybugs set up housekeeping, and their

presence in succeeding years made the corn borers less of a threat.

In addition, the crop yield on the McCurry farm went up 25 to 30

percent over the next several years.

This is what the Harmonizers do. They generate a field effect

that brings everything in the environment back into a natural stateof harmony and equilibrium. Again and again, what seems to be

the case is that the higher frequencies they introduce have a posi-

tive impact when applied to any agricultural purpose. Whatever is



❍ 162 ❍


beneficial to life is supported by these frequencies, and whatever is

destructive to life just does not thrive.

“Grassroots,” Grass Seed, and GrassBack in the “Early Discoveries” chapter, the subject of paramag-

netism was raised. And what Pete Jackson and Phil Callahan told

Slim regarding the paramagnetic qualities of the rings and the coils

was easily extrapolated to include the Harmonizer and the Harmo-

nizer field.

The effects of paramagnetism are manifold, but in short, para-magnetic soils and paramagnetic materials produce healthy plants

and healthy bodies. Slim has seen agricultural production increase

up to 30 percent in some cases due to the inherent paramagnetic

properties of the Harmonizers.

In a test that was done in Mexico on a ranch near Nuevo

Laredo, four Agricultural Harmonizers were used to assist in the

production of grass seed. There had been a fifteen-year drought in that area, largely due to air pollution and other environmental

conditions. The area around Nuevo Laredo had been so badly

affected by the drought that the ranchers there had given up on

conventional irrigation methods. There was no longer any pas-

turage for their livestock, and most of the ranchers and farmers

were flat broke.

Four agricultural units were placed right out in the fields inearly September, and by the fifteenth of December the rancher re-

ported that he had already harvested five crops of grass seed, easily

doubling his yield. The hundred-percent increase was a blessing,

but the seed that came out of the final crop was a third larger than

anything the rancher had ever seen in the same species of grass.

What is really outstanding here is that this man was able to save his

ranch and his livelihood at a time when other ranchers were goingdown the tubes.

He felt that the Harmonizers were responsible for more mois-

ture close to the ground showing up as heavy dew in the morning



❍ 163 ❍


and evening. Once-barren soil now retaining water testifies to the

paramagnetic virtues of the Harmonizer technology.

Another case involved a heavily drought-stricken area south-

west of Billings, Montana. A rancher there with a 4000-acre spread

raises grass to feed the buffalos and horses that graze on her land.

Having dug several wells and some trenching in the area, she found

out the hard way that the level of groundwater at the ranch head-

quarters is ten or fifteen feet down.

After placing two different size Harmonizers at the main house

in the summer of 2002, she found that the water level rose to post-

hole depth and that the native grasses could easily reach the watertable with their roots. At the same time, water began running in

several small draws where it had never run before. In an upland

area about 1000 feet above the main buildings, a site that might

have been swampy in a wet year turned into a pond of standing

water. To her knowledge, this had never been seen before in his-

tory.

She went into the winter of 2002 with an abundance of grass,and it was probably the only grass in the county! Her neighbors

were either selling their herds or importing hay at great expense

from areas where there was either irrigation or natural rainfall.

Additionally, she reports the buffalo have been calmer, tamer,

and even domesticated to the extent that an old bull will break down

the fence and hang around the back door waiting for one of the

ladies to come out and scratch him behind the ears! This is abso-lutely unheard-of behavior in a free-range bull buffalo.

Slim ascribes what happened on the Montana ranch to the para-

magnetic influence that the Harmonizers produced. The ground

water in any area is always present, but for various environmental

reasons may not be available. A rising water table in drought con-

ditions is a new phenomenon and one that Slim plans to explore in

depth in the near future.



❍ 164 ❍


Harmonizers in New Zealand More recently field reports have come in from “The South Island”testifying to the positive effects from Slim’s tools in large-scale farm-

ing practices in the southern hemisphere. A large percentage of theproduce from New Zealand farms is grown for export to Asian coun-

tries and European ports.

R.C. Hari and Sons is a large-scale vegetable distributor in that

area, and prior to the introduction of the Light-Life™ Technology,

this company was near bankruptcy. A lot of their produce was spoil-

ing or rotting en route to its destination, and either being rejected

at the port of entry or getting dumped at sea. Their shipping costson top of the loss of income had put them into some serious debt.

As hope for financial recovery disappeared, Philip Gray, one of Slim’s

research associates in New Zealand, introduced the people at R.C.

Hari to the Light-Life™ Tools.

Within a year of installing Harmonizer units, broadcasting the

frequencies, and fortifying their irrigation water by installing rings

on the sprinkler systems and spray heads of their irrigation system,everything turned around. Their crop yield went up 30 percent,

and there was an increase in the quality and the keeping properties

of all of their produce.

The export inspectors were so impressed by R.C. Hari’s prod-

ucts that they wrote and filed reports to endorse the grower. These

reports included statements testifying that the number of parasites

and insects on the produce coming into the export station werelower than they had ever seen in history.

Within one growing season, all of R.C. Hari’s principal buy-

ers were just as impressed as the export inspectors. The buyers

approached the company requesting exclusive rights to buy every

single pound of vegetables R.C. Hari could produce. Japanese trad-

ers, who are extremely particular about the quality of their veg-

etables, were so intent on being first in line, they offered to put

up 50 percent or more of the value of the crop before it was even

loaded and shipped, an unprecedented event in the produce busi-

ness.



❍ 165 ❍


After the Light-Life™ Tools were integrated into R.C. Hari’s

growing practices, the hot transoceanic trip across the equator

did not seem to have a deleterious effect on the produce. Consid-

ering that produce is 90 percent water, and that the tools increase

the amount of light that a water-based vegetable or fruit can hold,

it is clear that R.C. Hari was growing and exporting

“supervegetables.” And it seems logical to assume that the ampli-

fication of the light factor accounted for their resistance to para-

sites, their keeping properties, their quality, and their staying

power under extreme heat.

As the word spreads and people begin to understand the ben-efits of these tools, it is foreseeable that the Light-Life™ Technol-

ogy can greatly enhance agricultural practices all over the world.

Chesapeake BayPeter Jackson is one of Slim’s research associates in the Washing-

ton, DC area. In 1998 Pete overheard a report on a local radiostation detailing the recovery of the oyster beds in Chesapeake Bay.

For the previous several years, according to this report, the oyster

crop had been subject to a severe bacterial infestation that had in-

filtrated the waters of the bay.

It appeared that the infestation had been caused by the upstream

effluence from the Tyson Food farms on the Potomac River. Ex-

traordinary rainfalls and high water due to hurricane conditionscaused leeching from the manure piles and the feedlots on upstream

hog and poultry farms into the Potomac. This took a toll on every-

thing in the water, including the oysters.

The extra nutrients being flushed into the river decreased the

oxygen content and increased the water temperature in the Bay,

creating perfect conditions for algae and pfisteria, a variety of phy-

toplankton, to thrive. Pfisteria can undergo a variety of metamor-phic forms, all of which produce high levels of toxic gas. Every

article and report that was made on the subject during this time

period referred to the pfisteria bloom as “The Bacteria from Hell.”



❍ 166 ❍


During 1996, 1997, and 1998 it was a major problem in the south-

ern rivers extending as far north as Maryland.

A good deal of research went into solving this problem, and

several organizations confirmed that effluence from the various

large-scale livestock operations were the source of the pfisteria out-

break. The situation with the oyster beds in the Chesapeake Bay

got so bad that the National Marine Fisheries Department was se-

riously considering putting a ban on oyster farming. In the three

previous years, the bacteria from Hell had caused the oyster har-

vest to decline so severely that the fisherman worked all day only to

return to port with just a bushel or two of oysters. Until this bacte-rial infestation, oystering had always been a significant industry in

the Bay and a traditional livelihood for local fisherman. The pfisteria

outbreak also seriously affected the Chesapeake’s famous gourmet

trade.

In the fall of 1997 Slim presented a workshop in the vicinity

of Washington, DC. Several Environmental and Agricultural Har-

monizers were purchased and put to use by participants at that workshop who were interested in reducing the air pollution in

the area.

Nine months following that workshop in the spring of 1998,

Peter Jackson accidentally tuned in to the above-mentioned ra-

dio broadcast. The report reiterated the unpleasant statistics and

discussed the decline of the oyster beds at great length. Then with

apparent great surprise, the newscaster reported that the oyster-ing industry had made a sudden and very dramatic recovery. He

publicly stated that the oystermen were going out and returning

to port in two or three hours with larger quantities and bigger

oysters than they had ever seen in history! It was a sudden and

dramatic recovery of the oyster fishing beds and the industry in

general.

It is noteworthy that the end of the bacteria infestation coin-cided with the introduction of the Harmonizers into the DC area.

When this totally unexpected piece of information was relayed to

Slim through Peter Jackson, Slim was able to connect the dots and



❍ 167 ❍


deduce that the field effect of the Harmonizers probably had some-

thing to do with the turnaround.

One of the workshop attendees was a boatman, more of a sports-

man than a commercial fisherman. He had installed an Agricul-

tural Harmonizer on the bow of his power launch and was running

the environmental clearing frequencies through it. Two or three

times a week he took his boat out and made several passes up and

down the full length of the bay, no doubt making a major contribu-

tion to the change in the bacterial count and the nature of the nu-

trient flood into the Bay.

Slim was never able to track down any official reports on what the fisheries department was doing about this. He did find out that

a minor research program was being conducted by one of the local

universities attempting to build new oyster reefs. The project never

got very far and did not affect the entire bay. The oystering indus-

try depends on the full utilization of the Bay as a fishing ground.

Aside from the Agricultural Harmonizer mentioned above,

numerous other Harmonizer units had been installed in the area.Slim determined that the dozen or so units that had been running

full time since the 1997 workshop had generated not only an ex-

tended field effect but also a denser concentration of frequencies.

Concurrent with the introduction of this “fleet” of Harmonizers,

there was also a significant drop in air pollution levels. According

to Pete, reports attesting to improved air quality were being broad-

cast by the news media on an almost daily basis.

Positive Side EffectsEffects similar to those described above can be reproduced in any

location, anywhere. Whenever Harmonizer units are installed in

an area such as Washington, DC, the side effects are far greater

and perhaps even of more social value than the pollution clearingitself, crime reduction being one of the most beneficial side effects

of the Harmonizer technology. This showed up in the DC area

soon after the 1997 workshop and has shown up in Denver, New



❍ 168 ❍


York City, and Cleveland along with a number of other cities as

well.

Slim’s air pollution experiments have had a “domino effect.”

The year Denver’s air was cleared, the city dropped from being

number one on the most polluted cities list down to number ten.

The following year Slim did pollution clearing work in Cleveland,

which at that time was number one on the list. The next year Cleve-

land was down at the bottom of the list, and Denver moved off the

list altogether. This pattern has been repeated in every major city

where there is a network of a dozen or more Harmonizers operat-

ing on a full-time basis.Unbeknownst to “officialdom,” university researchers, or sci-

entific groups, a grassroots movement of people who care has imple-

mented changes that could not have been brought about by legisla-

tion, regulation, or even by “known” science. This simple technol-

ogy, which taps directly into the gravitational wave of the universe,

has proven to produce profound effects over large areas time and

time again. The benefits permeate the entire matrix of this third-dimen-

sional reality, and for whatever reason, the general consensus is

that the Light-Life™ Tools just seem to make everything better. As

one works with them, the improvements becomes obvious, and it

makes no difference whether it is air pollution, water pollution,

“people” pollution, illness and injury, or that screaming baby that

will not quit in the seat behind you on the flight from New York toDenver. These tools work wherever there is a use for them.

Different Types of Harmonizers There are three types of Harmonizers that have been distributed

widely since 1994. In the beginning all the Harmonizers were gold-

plated, but now they come in silver too. Some people swear that silver works better. Everyone has his own ideas about which metal

is more effective, but in the long run it comes down to personal

preference.



❍ 169 ❍


The Personal Harmonizer is the smallest Harmonizer Slim

makes and it comes with a small, half-cubit ring. It is usually worn

on the body like a locket or a talisman. Without sound it has a

radius of five yards, but when you pair it with sound frequencies,

that radius expands to about five miles.

The Personal Harmonizer creates a toroidal field around the

body that keeps the wearer in a state of balance, physically, emo-

tionally, and mentally, and extends in every direction for about five

yards.

The clearing effects can be subtle or not so subtle. Most of the

time they are positive and pleasant, but some individuals report that the Harmonizer makes them feel dizzy. Each person’s response

to this device will be unique. When people have a hard time adjust-

ing to the frequencies that the Personal Harmonizer introduces

into their auric field, Slim suggests that they build up a tolerance

by wearing it for short periods of time, increasing the duration

gradually, day by day.

The Environmental Harmonizer is the next size up, and it alsocomes with a half-cubit ring. This unit clears the environment for

a radius of fifteen miles when sound frequencies are played through

it. Without sound the field radius diminishes to about 100 to 200

feet.

For the clearing effects to be maintained in the larger radius,

the Harmonizer should be hooked up to earphones or placed be-

tween the speakers of a CD player with the sound frequencies run-ning for a minimum of two hours a day. Some people leave the

sound on all the time.

As with the Personal Harmonizer, the frequencies from the

Environmental Harmonizer can be too much for some individu-

als. If anyone in the environment starts behaving strangely or has

a hard time adjusting to this device, it is only because their issues

are getting raised and cleared. To make things easier, shut off thesound and close down the field to a vertical beam by placing it in

its accompanying ring. When it feels appropriate, you can take

the ring off for periods of time and turn on the sound as you see



❍ 170 ❍


fit. Eventually everyone will get used to it, and the Harmonizer

can be in service all of the time.

The Agricultural Harmonizer comes with a one-cubit ring. It

was originally intended for agricultural purposes, but there is no

need to limit it exclusively to strictly agricultural ends. It is appro-

priate for clearing any large area, like a big city or a large piece of

property. It has a field radius of about sixty miles when coupled

with sound frequencies. Without sound this Harmonizer will cover

a one-and-a-half-mile radius.

As with the Environmental Harmonizer, the Agricultural Har-

monizer works best when set between a pair of headphones or be-tween the speakers of a CD player with the frequencies playing for

a minimum of two hours a day. If the Agricultural Harmonizer cre-

ates changes that are too difficult, turning off the sound and clos-

ing down the field with its ring for shorter and shorter time peri-

ods, as with an Environmental Harmonizer, will alleviate the prob-

lem. Do this as often as necessary until it seems appropriate and

comfortable to leave it on twenty-four hours a day. At the present time, experiments with larger Harmonizers em-

ploying both the Sacred and the Lost Cubit measurements are be-

ing run, and people in Slim’s network are closely monitoring their

effects. Their effective radius is larger than the smaller units, and

new, provisional frequencies are fed into them. While it is too soon

to say anything definitive about the effects they create, as of this

writing they appear to work just fine.

When the Tools “Don’t Work”It may sound like the Light-Life™ Tools are the ultimate cure-

all for everything that ails mankind. It is safe to say that they might

be, and at a certain level they are—part of the cure, anyway. After

all, Slim’s original intention was for these devices to create peaceand harmony on the planet, and it appears that they are opening up

that possibility. But sometimes the tools do not appear to work,

and these inconsistencies need to be addressed.



❍ 171 ❍


The tools themselves are perfect, because they are based on

spiritual laws and constants that are as axiomatic as gravity in this

dimension. Their sole purpose and function is to bring everything

to the light. The way they work depends entirely on the conscious-

ness of the people using them.

Up until the last few years, human beings have been steeped in

polarity consciousness. At this point in time, due to the turning of

the ages, the whole planet is moving into unity consciousness. Not

everyone is completely tuned to this new frequency level, and most

of us are still functioning from a polarized place, whether we rec-

ognize it or not.It has recently been pointed out by a clairvoyant from Georgia

that if a person’s light-body isn’t at least 51 percent in unity con-

sciousness, the tools will act to magnify whatever it is that their

spirit needs to work on. Often people resist having to look at their

problematic issues and it creates difficulty for them. People who

are more tuned to the Light will get their “stuff” stirred up, too.

But because it is easier for them to embrace all experience as worth- while, the tools function to sharpen their awareness of what’s going

on and accelerate the process of spiritual growth.

Suppose a person’s essence is still imbued with old ego con-

cepts of fear and separation. Using the tools will shed light on these

concepts. Shining a sweeping beam of light on whatever one would

like to keep hidden is like disturbing a sleeping giant. When this

happens, some people react by saying, “The tools don’t work,” whenin actuality they are working just fine. When someone goes out

and buys a Harmonizer, expecting it to heal them instantly or make

their life perfect, they are often quite surprised when they find a

dead skunk on the ventilator instead!

These tools function to remove “whatever is no of the light”

from one’s biofield and environment. Any form of darkness, or any-

thing not serving the further evolution of consciousness, whetherit be a pattern of believing, a pattern of behavior, or even a rela-

tionship, will fly in the face of these frequencies. As this happens, it

stands to reason that a certain amount of chaos will erupt.



❍ 172 ❍


The same principles that caused the corn borers to leave the

cornfields on the McCurry farm will operate in every situation and

on every level to which they are applied. When a person expects

their life to clear up right away and gets a heavy dose of chaos in-

stead, their first assumption is that “The tools don’t work.” Any-

one with any level of self-awareness will be able to see that disrup-

tion is a necessary precursor to the balance and harmony their in-

ner Being wishes to create. In these situations, those who insist

that the tools do not work will often devaluate them. It is some-

times easier to “kill the messenger” than it is to look at the truth.

We all make our own choices when it comes to these things. The author of this book would like to share her own experi-

ence with the use of the Light-Life™ Tools:

I had been using Slim’s tools since 1998 and bought my Envi-

ronmental Harmonizer in 2001. As soon as I got it running, I

began noticing changes. My teenage daughter started acting like

a human being, and my Christmas cactus flowered in July. Allthe weird-looking caterpillars that were infesting the geraniums

on the porch packed their bags and left for parts unknown.

The general feeling in my space and yard was so wonderful the

dogs stopped wandering the neighborhood and didn’t even want

to leave the house. I lost thirty pounds without even trying, which

was pretty amazing, but what amazed me most was that a book contract materialized out of thin air.

At that time I was in a relationship with a man that had been

going on for over ten years even though he and I were like night

and day. I have always been very involved with spiritual things,

and to say that my boyfriend was skeptical about them would be

putting it mildly.

On the day that I got the Environmental Harmonizer up and

running, he walked into my kitchen and after a few minutes



❍ 173 ❍


announced totally out of the blue that he wanted to break up.

What I learned later after a conversation with Slim is that any-

thing that doesn’t serve your higher purpose will leave your life

when you start running a Harmonizer. When my boyfriend en-

tered the house, the new frequencies were way too high for

him. He interpreted that information, or reacted to it, by feel-

ing compelled to end our relationship. It was like he couldn’t

be there anymore or just didn’t want to match this new, higher

vibration.

Part of me knew that this was the best thing that could have

happened, but it was a sudden change I wasn’t ready for. As much

as any of us has a desire to grow and evolve, sometimes the things

we need to release for that to happen are too much for us. I made

the “choice” to continue the relationship, because at the time I

was too afraid to confront the truth about it.

We stayed together for another year and a half until we finally broke up for good. As soon as that relationship ended, my life

took off like a rocket! The Harmonizer frequencies had opened

up the space for me to “take off” a year and a half sooner but I

was too blind or too afraid at that point to see how much my

attachment to this man was blocking my growth.

It’s important to be aware of the fact that the Light-Life™

Tools will bring changes into your life. Some of those changes will be

appealing and others will rock the boat in ways that challenge you

to face your blind spots. To devalue the tools because they disrupt

things is a mistake. All of us are moving toward unity conscious-

ness. As we do, we need to be willing to include any and all change

as part of that process, knowing that our growth depends on it.

As far as physical illness is concerned, there are also times whenthe tools do not appear to work. Anyone reading this book prob-

ably already understands that all illness originates at the emotional

level and through the beliefs that we hold about these things. The



❍ 174 ❍


physical body is the last place that diseases surface, and because

healing takes place from the inside out, the physical body is always

the last place to heal.

People who work with the tools need to know that a few rounds

with a ring and a coil will not necessarily effect an instantaneous

cure. It could happen, and in some cases there have been miracu-

lous healings, but more likely, healing will take time. If someone

has been holding a thought form or an emotional construct long

enough for it to manifest as cancer, for instance, it is naïve to think

that any of the tools will take it away overnight.

Doing the inner work that is an integral part of any healingprocess can be perceived as frightening or even unpleasant. Many

people believe that something outside of themselves has the power

to heal them. These types of people often devalue the tools if they

do not get better right away. Actually, the tools never do the work

that a person must do for himself. What they can do, however, is

shine light on the problem and give clarity.

At the physical level, this light will improve the way cells func-tion, and in some instances this alone could bring about a cure.

The light can alleviate your symptoms, too. For instance, if a per-

son is experiencing too much pain, he cannot go within himself

and reflect on what his illness is trying to tell him. The light from

the tools has the capacity to lessen the pain and open the pathway

to healing.

It is important to remember that we are all slaves to the Law of Time here on earth, although even that is shifting at this point. If

we can be patient enough to let the healing process take its course

and avoid discouragement when the physical aspects of the illness

are not the first to disappear, the Light-Life™ Tools will support

every effort we make to heal ourselves.



❍ 175 ❍


PHYSICS ANDMETAPHYSICS

Any sufficiently advanced technology will be indistinguishable from magic.—Arthur C. Clarke

One man’s magic is another man’s technology.

—Robert A. Heinlein

It would be unwise to assume that everyone understands what the word “physics” means and even more foolish to assume that

the word “metaphysics” has the same meaning for all of us. This

is what Daniel Webster has to say about the word physics :

That branch of philosophy that deals with the material world.

Natural philosophy. With the growth of this science, various

parts, biology, chemistry, geology, and astronomy were excluded.Now physics is usually held to comprise the closely related sci-

ences of mechanics, heat, electricity, light and sound and to deal

only with those phenomena of inanimate matter involving no



❍ 176 ❍


changes in chemical composition. Motion is the most general

and fundamental of all such phenomena and physics is some-

times defined as the science of matter and motion.

Webster gave three times more page space to the word metaphysics :

META = After. Abstract or abstruse. Pertaining to or having,

real being, the essential nature of truth. After those things which

relate to external nature, after physics, beyond physics.

The word was first used by Andronicus of Rhodes, the editor of

Aristotle’s works, as a name for that part of his writings which

came AFTER the physics.

That division of philosophy which includes ontology, or the sci-

ence of Being, and epistemology, or the theory of knowledge. In

a looser sense, all of the more abstruse philosophical disciplines;

in a narrower sense, ontology alone. The primary meaning of the word metaphysics is derived from the discussions of Aristotle

which he himself called, The First Philosophy or Theology and

which deal with the nature of Being, with cause or genesis, and

with the existence of God.

By Albertus Magnus it was called the “transphysical” science;

and Aquinas considered it to be concerned with the cognition of God. Scholastic philosophy understood it as the science of Be-

ing in itself, that is ontology, a meaning which with some differ-

ence in interpretation is still retained.

. . . Bacon defined it as the quest or study of formal and final

causes, contrasting it with natural philosophy as treating effi-

cient and material causes . . . The notion that metaphysics isconcerned with that which transcends experience led to the posi-

tivistic denial of the possibility of metaphysical knowledge.



❍ 177 ❍


From these definitions it seems obvious that the term physics

applies to matter or the material world. The science of physics ex-

plores matter, and the laws of physics help us understand it. Meta-

physics has to do with the laws that operate behind the physical or

beyond the physical realm. We assume that because these laws have

to do with invisible constants, they are incomprehensible, but this

is far from true. If there is a desire to know about them, all one has

to do is dig a little deeper to find out what they are.

Physicists know that energy equals mass times the speed of light

squared, E=mc2, and this equation applies to all kinds of things.

But do any of them really know what energy, mass, and light really are? And even if they could offer up feasible definitions for these

forces, do they have any idea what the causal principles behind them

might be? If Webster is correct, at one time there was a science of

the supersensible. Its eventual demise coincided with the nine-

teenth-century trends embodied in the Industrial Revolution,

Descartes, and Auguste Comte and the Positivists, who put forth

the notion that all inquiry into causes, immediate or ultimate, isuseless. Perhaps this shift served a higher purpose, but aside from

negating the existence of God, it popularized the belief that certain

things are impossible. If certain things were impossible, this book

would not exist! And anyone who denies the existence of God, or

of a “Creator,” or of something at the source, probably is not read-

ing it!

The Hermetic axiom, “As above, so below,” has been aroundfor a long time and makes its point directly. The connection be-

tween the physical and the metaphysical is undeniable. The causal

principles behind all the laws of physics are inseparable from them.

Scientists have been searching for answers and trying to figure

out what to do about the problems of the world forever. With all of

the best intentions, their efforts and discoveries have failed to pro-

vide viable solutions, cures, or answers without creating a wholenew set of problems. But they keep working away in heavily funded

laboratories, using the same old equations convinced that what has

not brought results in the past will somehow miraculously bring



❍ 178 ❍


results in the future. Even a rat in a maze knows enough to take a

different route when it can’t find the cheese. But human beings are

different, and we can be very stubborn about the wrong things,

especially when it comes to what we allow ourselves to believe.

What we believe is possible is what becomes possible for us.

The failure of scientists to find real answers may be due to the

fact that they have erroneously restricted themselves to the laws of

physics or to what they believe is “knowable.” Imagine what the

scientific minds who understand E=mc2 could do with it if they

had the “above” part of the Hermetic axiom mastered as well as

they have the “below” part. To focus only on the latter is like shoot-ing oneself in the foot, if the true intention is to get to the bottom

of things.

The problem that a lot of people, and scientists in particular,

have with metaphysics is that it not only brings up the whole ques-

tion of God, or some “first cause,” it also exhumes the corpse of

alchemy, which died mysteriously back in the early 1900s. What

they do not want to see, or have been educated not to see is that there is a science to metaphysics that is more ancient than all of the

other sciences and probably formed the basis for them. It is not

abstract or abstruse, or unrelated to what takes place in the physi-

cal realm. It functions according to principles and constants that

are as knowable as anything else is. If Aristotle knew what he was

talking about when he said the metaphysics is behind physics, it is

safe to say that it forms the matrix for it. If that is true, it followsthat without a full understanding of metaphysics and a willingness

to include it in the search for answers, nothing is going to add up

properly.

We are at a point in our evolution where we need to start think-

ing outside of the scientific box or we are in big trouble. We al-

ready are in big trouble. The planet is in such a state of emergency

that it makes one wonder what all the technological advancementsthat have everyone so hypnotized are good for. The systematic struc-

tures that control things keep playing chess with the future of the

human race while we all sit around waiting to see who will win.



❍ 179 ❍


The scientific community is as bound to those structures as they

are to the laws of physics. Even though they keep pretending to

operate in the best interests of mankind, the truth is, they just do

not have the knowledge or wherewithal to fix this mess. If science

could take off its blinders and pierce the veil that separates what is

“knowable” from the unknown realms, they would find not only

new possibilities but solutions to problems they have not been able

to solve.

Fortunately, there are people on the planet who have already

developed the technology to handle the current Earth crisis. They

are deeply committed to getting us out of trouble. These peoplefigured out a long time ago that in order to get to the bottom of

things, they had to look for answers outside the boundaries of known

science. Many found those answers buried in the matrix of meta-

physical knowledge that supports our three-dimensional world.

Word is spreading about their discoveries, and although the pow-

ers that be have a huge investment in suppressing parts of this in-

formation, the truth is out and will be brought to light.Slim Spurling has figured out a few things. This tall, skinny

cowboy started putting two and two together long before many of

us were even born. He is one of those rare souls who had no blind-

ers on to begin with, and this gave him the freedom to play with

possibilities that others would not think to consider. Slim has al-

ways blended physics with metaphysics in both his work and his

research. At sixty-five, he has been around the barn enough to un-derstand the Hermetic axiom inside and out. It is not just an idea to

him. It is part of his Being. If this were not so, the Light-Life™

Tools would never have been developed. If he was not so passion-

ate in his search for causal principles, they would not work they

way they do.

In the anecdotes that follow, Slim discusses his understanding

of the connection between science and the causal principles that underlie it. He never takes an academic stance, so do not expect

this to be a linear affair. Somewhere in between the lines you will

find the thread that ties physics to metaphysics.



❍ 180 ❍


First Near-Death ExperienceRight before Slim closed up his blacksmithing operation in 1979,

he came down with a case of pneumonia. The local doctor gave

him one dose of antibiotics, and shortly thereafter Slim fell into a

deep sleep.

During this “nap,” Slim had a near-death experience. He clearly

recalls going down a long tunnel and winding up in a place that was

filled with pure white light. While he was in that place he carried

on lengthy conversations with deceased friends and relatives on

the other side. After a few hours in this near-death state, he ac-

quired the knowledge that he was put on earth to fight a great battle,and he made a conscious decision to come back to life. The next

thing he remembers is waking up in the morning with his full fac-

ulties. Lying on his back in bed he could feel his arms stretched

straight up toward the ceiling. Before he even opened his eyes he

realized that his mind was clear and that he was in good health,

with no pneumonia, an impossibility with a single dose of antibi-

otic. What struck him more than anything, however, was the warm

hand holding his, and he not only felt the presence of, but had a

distinct mental image picture of an angel standing over him. This

is not to lay claim to the idea that angels are regular guests in Slim’s

world. He is not the type who invents tales. There was a definite,

non-hallucinatory, physical contact or sensation of an angelic pres-

ence that slowly slipped away. After a few moments, Slim openedhis eyes, got up, took a shower and went about his business.

In a personal sense, this was a miracle, and the fact that he has

total recall of all of the events while in the near-death state is sig-

nificant to Slim. Although he had heard about experiences like this,

he had never read or studied anything on the subject, and the genre

of past lives or near-death experiences was unfamiliar to him. Since

that time he has had quite a number of past-life experiences orrecalls that have had a direct bearing on the development of the

rings and the path he has chosen for his life here.



❍ 181 ❍


Second Near-Death Experience Within a week of the Ammonia Event described in the chapter on

Early Discoveries, the side-effects from the regular inhalation of

toxic fumes took their toll on Slim. Even prior to this his health

showed signs that he was being negatively affected by the poison

gases in the lab.

By Christmas 1991 he came down with a raging fever. When

his temperature reached 108 to 110 he succumbed to it completely

and was afraid he was going to die. The only remedy available to

him at the time was a gallon of water that had been treated with the

caduceus-wound coil. He ran upstairs, emptied it into the bathtub,filled the tub with hot (yes, hot) water, and soaked for forty-five

minutes. During that time, he had another near-death experience

and was on the other side for three-quarters of an hour. Slim has

no memory of getting into the bathtub. All he remembers is get-

ting out of it.

While he was in the near-death state, he downloaded a mish-

mash of information, a code of some kind, that he has never beenable to consciously decrypt. Following this experience, his recov-

ery was slow. For three or four months he was laid up, so he spent

his time reading the esoteric research done by Bruce Cathie.

Out of these studies the current form of the ring was devel-

oped. Specifically, through Cathie’s convincing work and its spiri-

tual overtones, the Sacred Cubit was the length Slim chose for the

absolute cubit measurement of the rings.Slim’s fever, his subsequent trip to the other side, the code he

downloaded, and the fact that he was laid up for so long with Cathie’s

work, are all fragments of the same experience that are connected

on another level. Whether one gives credence to higher forms of

guidance or not, all of this functioned to bring Slim’s attention to

the Sacred Cubit length. The waveform generated by that mea-

surement is what endows the Light-Life™

Tools with the powerthey have to change conditions.



❍ 182 ❍


Lost in SpaceBack in 1995, Slim and his wife Jeanne took one of their monthly

trips to the mineral baths in Idaho Springs. Soaking peacefully in

the healing waters at the baths is one of his favorite rituals. His

tools travel with Slim wherever he goes, and they went along for

the ride on that particular day, too. The sore and ailing people bob-

bing around in the pool give Slim an opportunity to talk about his

work and to experiment on anyone who is open to a treatment. He

struck up a conversation with an engineer who had a lot of back

pain that day. When Slim whipped out a coil and the pain disap-

peared, it blew the guy’s mind. Back in the dressing room, the en-gineer was still trying to make sense of what had happened when

Slim took his leave.

Making his way back to meet Jeanne, Slim remembers getting

to the third step of a flight of stairs, but from that point on he has

no recollection of what happened. Jeanne was up in the lobby wait-

ing for him. When Slim failed to appear, she went back to the pool,

out to the parking lot, and asked everyone in the place, includingthe engineer, if they had seen a tall bearded guy in a cowboy hat.

No one knew where he was, and after twenty minutes Jeanne got a

little upset, because she thought he had been abducted or had sim-

ply abandoned her. She got the security people at the baths in-

volved in the search, but Slim was still missing in action.

Whatever it was that happened when Slim put his foot on the

third step of the staircase is still a mystery. It could be that the timehe spent soaking in the mineral bath shifted something inside him,

for when he came back from this trip to nowhere, he remembers

that he was on the top step of the same stairway making a sharp

ninety-degree turn into the lobby. For over twenty minutes, he was

out of time somewhere, and he has no idea what happened during

that interval.

After this experience, Slim started bringing in a lot of informa-tion about science and the Ether that he had never read about any-

where. It was all new stuff. He was also suddenly and inexplicably

privy to knowledge about the form and structure of language. He



❍ 183 ❍


later found out that information of this kind, specifically a way to

graph connections, had already been published in the 1920s by Frank

Ramsey, the English mathematician. (An example of Ramsey graphs

can be found in Zecharia Sitchin’s Genesis Revisited .)

The purpose of this experience was transference of information.

In our three-dimensional world we talk to each other and commu-

nicate over wires and electronically. Some of us even understand

nonverbal or telepathic forms of communication. Slim’s two-near

death experiences and his trip “out of time” provided him with

knowledge that had to have come from somewhere, because he

didn’t have it prior to his departures. What appears to be the case isthat there are extraordinary forms of communication and informa-

tion transfer of which we are not aware. They travel on frequency

bands that can only be accessed in an out-of-body or altered state.

This gives rise to the idea that the Ether is loaded with a finer

brand of circuitry.

If the above is so, the obvious question is, how far out into the

cosmos do these circuits reach and where does the informationpassing through them come from? How is this information trans-

mitted? The next question is, what has to happen inside a person in

order to be able to beam up and tune in to it? Do things like this

occur spontaneously, or can we refine our consciousness and ex-

plore these higher levels at will? It’s all food for thought, but one

thing is for sure: there is more going on between heaven and earth

than what we think is knowable.

The Ether: A Few Comments on Einstein andMaxwell

Many physicists and mathematicians have found fault with Einstein’s

theories and equations. He has been so heavily advertised as the

guy who figured it all out that it can be difficult to question hisauthority. Einstein did not have all the answers, however, and

there is a lot of speculation as to whether or not he was one of

those scientific stooges who got paid to paint things a certain way.



❍ 184 ❍


Whatever the truth may be, it is naïve to think that anyone’s theo-

ries would occupy the throne of absolute truth indefinitely. His

theories are as subject to question as anyone else’s.

As stated in Ring One, one of the major conflicts with Einstein

was his early declaration that the Ether does not exist. He publicly

called it an “antique concept” or an erroneous concept that couldn’t

be included in the formal study of quantum physics. Up until he

made that statement, the Ether, also known as the unified field,

was a plausible concept, and scientific research was conducted know-

ing that it might be a factor. Before Einstein’s “antique concept,”

most everyone was comfortable searching for causal principles. Untilthen, it was permitted to believe that there was something greater

behind the five-sensory experience.

When the man who was widely recognized as the most bril-

liant mind on the planet proclaimed that the Ether did not exist,

everyone figured he had to be right. But when he recanted those

statements in 1922, it never made the headlines.

The scientific research that has gone on since Einstein madehis original proclamation has been conducted without taking the

unified field into account. If you think about it, it is like trying to

weave a tapestry without any strings on the loom. Everything falls

apart and gets tangled when there is no matrix to hold it in place.

In the 1800s James Maxwell had come to an understanding of

the Ether, but he did not live long enough to put his equations

forward. After his death, one of his students, Oliver Heavyside,either misinterpreted or doctored Maxwell’s work in a way that

caused many scientists to question what Maxwell had found out

about the Ether.

Unfortunately a lot of people in the scientific community are

systematic pawns who get paid well to put a different spin on im-

portant information. There are many theories about Heavyside’s

motives. It has been suggested that he was a puppet of powerfulinterest groups opposing general knowledge of the unified field. A

population cannot be controlled if the people know they are con-

nected, not just to all of creation, but to the Creator as well. Any



❍ 185 ❍


power freak worth his salt knows that it is much easier to manipu-

late the masses if they believe they exist separately and apart from

everything else, because this keeps everyone in a state of fear. No

one knows what really happened to Maxwell’s equations, but it is

quite possible that it suited someone’s agenda to keep the Ether

concept out of circulation.

Prior to his passing, Maxwell was working on a rather diffi-

cult concept that he called the “displacement factor.” According

to him, the reason electrons flowing through a wire meet with

resistance is because they have to displace something. He died

before anyone found out that he had correlated this resistancefactor with the Ether.

Slim believes that Maxwell hit the nail on the head. In his mind

it makes perfect sense that the Ether is what is being displaced by

electrons moving through the crystal lattice of a wire. In a very

offhand, spontaneous experiment done in Brush, Colorado, he was

able to prove this to himself.

Slim was driving along on a stretch of road crossed by a largepower line when his car radio started generating so much static

that he could not hear the radio station. Being hopelessly obser-

vant and terminally inquisitive, and seizing the opportunity to do

an experiment, he pulled off the road, popped an Environmental

Clearing tape into his cassette recorder, and placed the recorder

next to a Harmonizer.

In about twenty seconds there was no more static on the radio.He was getting perfectly clear reception, much better than what he

had prior to approaching the power lines. The great reception lasted

all the way back to Denver. Analyzing this event, Slim concluded

that the frequencies from the Harmonizer had set up gravity waves

or Ether waves. The resulting field caused the electrons in the over-

head power lines to oscillate out of step or out of harmony with the

sixty-cycles-per-second frequency pumping through the wire. Inother words, the Harmonizer frequencies had generated an out-

of-phase pulse, causing one batch of electrons to move rapidly

through the wires while another batch got held back a little bit.



❍ 186 ❍


This action nullified the “displacement factor” that Maxwell had

puzzled over, and cancelled the resistance in the wires.

Slim has not developed the mathematics for this effect, but the

concept is much easier to grasp than the mathematics it would take

to prove it. It is possible that Maxwell “did the math” already, but if

that is true, any evidence of it got buried when Heavyside messed

with those equations over one hundred years ago.

This spur-of-the-moment roadside experiment showed Slim

that the power companies could greatly reduce their “line loss” by

using the Harmonizer technology. Thirty percent of the power

generated for delivery gets lost in space, so to speak, at great cost tothe consumer. The pressure of the high voltage forces electrons

out of the wire and into the surrounding atmosphere. These loose

electrons result in a static electrical charge in the vicinity of the

power lines.

It seems as if the frequency field generated by the Harmonizer

created a superconductive state which resonated with the Etheric

vibration or allowed some of the electrons passing through thepower lines to respond in a different way. Whatever the case may

be, a couple of milliwatts of power got pumped through the Har-

monizer, and the static ceased to be a problem.

There is so much resistance to electron flow, and it must be

caused by whatever the electrons are displacing. If in truth the re-

sistance is Ether, it is interesting that something so invisible has so

much power, more power perhaps than the high voltages that runto meet it. Mysteries still abound about the true nature of the invis-

ible, omnipresent Ether field.

One can draw certain conclusions from these casual observa-

tions. If subjected to sufficient scientific scrutiny, the results of these

events could be defined in scientific terms, which at this point would

have to include the Ether concept. We can include the Ether as

part of the gravity field. Gravity field oscillations are the frequency source for the Ether, and it is possible that they give rise to forms

in various components of the Ether.

These forms have been described in the books of Gunther



❍ 187 ❍


Wachschmidt, a German author who researched some aspects of

Rudolph Steiner’s indications. These experiments are repeatable,

and it is easy to see that Maxwell’s displacement factor, the thing he

was searching for at the time of his death, is actually the Ether

pressure or gravitational wave pressure present in the crystal lat-

tice of the copper or aluminum wire in these power lines. This

pressure provides the resistance to the transmission of electrical

power. With this experimental evidence and a frequency analysis

of what we can do with sound, some bright, young mathematician

or physicist who is well-grounded in reality and able to really wit-

ness, meter and measure electrical phenomena could easily put rub-ber to the road and leave some skid marks in the scientific commu-

nity.

The real world is where things happen. This is where repeat-

able, experimental processes can be analyzed. Sound does not travel

in straight lines; it travels in vortextual waves or what are called

spinning waves. Any moderately sophisticated laboratory can docu-

ment these subtle effects. They can extract data and use computersto show the combined effects of gravity frequencies.

The reader is referred to the work of Wilhelm Reich. What he

called Kreistwelle or spinning waves are most likely synonymous

with gravity wave fluctuation in vortextual motion. Also consider

the formulas of the Austrian genius, Viktor Schauberger, and his

understanding of the vortex.

Metaphysics and DowsingSlim’s earliest experiences with the science of dowsing and its meta-

physical implications came through a very gifted clairvoyant named

Dianne. Dianne was able to actually see geopathic stress lines. At

the time Slim did not know what these lines were called. Dianne

described them as looking like rebar reinforcing rod, thin dark lines with little bumps on them laid out in a rectilinear network.

Working together, Slim dowsed, and wherever the rods opened,

Dianne could confirm with her clairvoyant vision the existence of a



❍ 188 ❍


geopathic stress line. Using her inner sight to follow the path of a

line, she could pinpoint a landmark across a distance and describe

to Slim exactly where the energy flowed. Then he traversed the

area, his dowsing rods opening each time he crossed a line. Dianne’s

ability to actually see frequencies was as accurate as what Slim could

pick up with his rods.

Dianne was able to see vortex energies as well. Vortexes are

spiraling columns of energy that enter or leave the earth, turning

in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction. They are like

standing waves. It has been mentioned that a clockwise spin sup-

ports life and a counterclockwise spin has destructive effects. Vor-texes seem to be subject to removal or change through intent . In

other words, it is possible to alter the spin or completely eliminate

a vortex using the power of thought and focused intentions. How

interesting that the human mind can have a direct impact on the

physics of a standing wave. For this to happen there has to be some-

thing that connects them, some sort of basic structural field that

allows for information transfer.Both vortexes and geopathic stress lines generate magnetic fields

that cannot be seen with normal vision, but somehow or other they

affect crop growth and animal behavior. The way crops and ani-

mals respond to these invisible forces depends entirely on whether

the field has a left or right spin. Close observation of crows, hawks,

or other birds in flight reveals that they are drawn to vortexes. Their

flight patterns appear to be random, but the clockwise or counter-clockwise direction of the circles they trace in the sky indicates the

nature of the magnetic field that has attracted them. Animals seem

to avoid certain vortex areas and be magnetically drawn to others.

They demonstrate the same behavior relative to magnetic lines as

well.

What Dianne could see was that left spin areas were reddish,

like the color of rusty iron. Animals steer clear of these locations.In areas of highly concentrated negative frequencies, no scat or

animal tracks will be found. In areas of right spin frequencies,

Dianne saw bluish tones or waves of color, and where these right-



❍ 189 ❍


spin magnetic forces were closer together, both she and Slim ob-

served animals carving their trails or bedding down.

When Slim talks about magnetic energy as it relates to right or

left spin frequencies, he is not referring to ferromagnetism in the

sense that we normally consider it, as in iron being attracted to a

magnet. From a scientific standpoint, there is no description or

name for this different kind of magnetism. These magnetic lines

are referred to as Hartmann grid lines, geopathic stress lines, or

Curry grid lines. Their magnetism has to do with the “quality” of

energy they generate manifesting as either positive or negative.

Any good clairvoyant can adjust their vision and see the exact nature of these frequencies. It is a matter of tuning in to them or

dialing up to another level of perception. What people with psy-

chic vision perceive is the nature of the structural field behind the

world of form. Persons with normal vision are able to see only the

results or effects of these Etheric forces in physical reality.

Puffballs and Negative Frequencies When Slim and Dianne were doing their early research, they spent

a lot of time on a ranch in Livermore, Colorado. One day as they

were out and about, Slim and Dianne spotted a negative vortex

spiraling into the middle of an open field. Approaching this vortex,

they saw that the earth in that area had risen up and formed a huge

hump, almost like a boil festering in the ground. Slim took out hisdowsing rods and noted several geopathic stress lines forming an

intersection at the exact center of this column of negative energy.

Nothing was growing in this location. The soil was barren and

crawling with ants, a common indication of geopathic stress. The

only thing growing on the hump of earth where the vortex made its

entrance was a colony of puffball mushrooms.

Slim knew that puffballs have powerful antibiotic proper-ties. He also knew that the natural remedy for any form of physi-

cal or metaphysical imbalance grows in the location where it is

needed the most. The presence of the puffball colony on top of the



❍ 190 ❍


intensified negative frequencies is a good example of how Mother

Earth heals herself. In this situation, she put forth a powerful anti-

biotic substance as a countermeasure or antidote to the toxic ener-

gies entering her system at that point in space.

Dianne removed the vortex with her intent and Slim blocked

the geopathic lines that criss-crossed this hump of soil. A year later

they went back to the same spot, and the ground was level, the

puffballs were gone, and green grass and wildflowers were growing

all over the place.

This story demonstrates what it means to observe nature, know-

ing that what is right in front of you will tell you a great deal about the Etheric influences operating behind the world of form. The

puffballs, along with the anthills and the lack of vegetation, were

physical manifestations of invisible, destructive forces entering that

location. Dianne had seen those negative energies with her clair-

voyant vision prior to discovering what was going on at the physi-

cal level.

At the mound, Slim was able to detect and clear the interference with his rods. But the overgrowth of puffballs was a direct indica-

tion that something in that area was not quite right. Even without

the gift of second sight, they provided a strong signal that things

were out of balance. It pays to take notice of what Mother Nature

has to show you. She can teach you a lot about metaphysics.

The Changeling and Anthrax The novel, The Changeling , by Russell Hunter, is a true account of

events that the author experienced in another lifetime. Its plot re-

volves around a prominent Denver family and the mysterious death

of their only son, a cripple and heir to the family fortune. The cir-

cumstances around his death were covered up, but to make a long

story short, he was murdered by close relatives who wanted thefamily name and money for themselves. When the morticians laid

the boy out for burial, they placed an amulet around his neck.

Russell Hunter had always been enthralled by mysterious forces,



❍ 191 ❍


and he was equally fascinated with the occult. The reason he wrote

The Changeling was because he knew that in a previous incarnation,

he had been the murdered boy.

Russell Hunter knew about the amulet. This is an interesting

fact because the only persons who could have known about it were

those directly involved with the crippled boy’s death. This piece

of information had come to the author through past-life recall. In

doing the research for the book, he went to great lengths to get

the victim’s body exhumed to verify what was stored in his sub-

conscious memory. At that time he actually saw the amulet with

his own eyes.He did not know how much trouble the writing of this book

would cause him.

Because the influential family in question was still around and

in no mood to expose the skeletons in their closet to the commu-

nity, they systematically launched a series of psychic attacks on the

author while the book was being written. They even hired a voo-

doo priestess to put a curse on him. Evidently the curse worked,because Hunter turned off his computer at night, only to wake up

the next day with it turned on and displaying messages threatening

his life.

One night, when the psychic attacks were at their peak, Hunter

heard a knock on the door. When he opened it, a strange-looking

black woman thrust something into his hand and vanished. The

situation frightened him enormously, and when he looked at what she had given him he totally freaked out, because it was the amulet.

By this time Russell Hunter was coming unglued on every level.

He had heard about Slim through the metaphysical grapevine and

gave him a call to see if he could get help. Slim figured it was just

another case of geopathic stress, so he and Bill Reid went over and

cleared Hunter’s house.

Slim and Bill were amazed by the amount of negative energy they found. In addition to the frequencies coming off overhead

power lines, they discovered voodoo symbols painted on the backs

of artworks in the living areas. They were even more shocked when



❍ 192 ❍


they discovered that the whole house had been seeded with an-

thrax.

Whoever was out to do this poor guy in left nothing to chance.

Testing the anthrax level with radionic equipment resulted in a sev-

enty percent reading. Luckily for Hunter, Slim has a way with puff-

balls. He tucked a puffball inside an Environmental Harmonizer

and ran the Environmental Clearing tape through it right away.

Within three hours the anthrax level went down to zero and every-

thing was fine.

Soon after Slim and Bill completed this job, the psychic attacks

and the death threats ended. The Changeling was published, themovie was produced, and Hunter’s life got back to normal.

This story is an interesting account of the power dark, invisible

forces have to screw up a life. Everything in Russell Hunter’s real-

ity had been turned upside down by the combined effects of

geopathic stress, psychic attack, voodoo, and anthrax, all because

his fascination with metaphysics and past lives exposed him to in-

fluences for which he was unprepared. Talk about unseen forces! Most people will never have to experience this level of interfer-

ence. But it is a comfort to know that something can be done about

it. When the Harmonizer effects are combined with geopathic stress

removal, even the dark forces take a hike!

The Poetry of TreesSlim and Dianne once came across three huge cottonwood trees

that showed a decidedly different growth pattern than the rest of

the cottonwoods in the area. They were shorter, and their trunks

were thick relative to the crown. With their wide, rounded, and

smooth leaf canopies they appeared more vigorous than the sur-

rounding trees. It looked like this cluster of cottonwoods had been

pressed down and foreshortened by a very positive, incoming en-ergy vortex.

Obviously something beneficial was affecting this particular

location. The spring of cool clear water coming from beneath their



❍ 193 ❍


roots confirmed this conclusion. Dianne saw positive magnetic

forces entering this spot, and Slim dowsed them. This flow of subtle

energy from the heavens invigorated the cottonwood trees and

caused water to well up from deep inside the earth.

What is seen and known to be real, but perceived as “a group of

trees,” involves more going on behind the scenes than we realize.

It pays to take notice and observe things closely. Subtle energies

influence everything in the real world. And the laws of physics that

we use to define their effects also serve to define and offer proof of

the energies themselves.

Clairvoyants can see these things. Many people dismiss those with psychic abilities as delusional, but a trained clairvoyant is as

good as or better than the most sensitive electronic equipment.

They are “tuned” to frequencies that machines are often too coarse

to pick up and too primitive to interpret.

To Slim’s knowledge, there is only one piece of equipment that

even approaches the clairvoyant’s level of sensitivity: Bob Dratch’s

Molecular Scanner measures and records frequencies, but it doesnot register colors and forms the way a good clairvoyant can.

Six of One, Half Dozen of Another? Most of Slim’s research in the mid to late eighties was done with

homemade, solid state equipment built with crude materials. He

often dowsed for proper lengths of a rod or a component for onehis devices. If he was making a caduceus rod, he dowsed to find its

length and then dowsed again to determine the length of wire to

wrap around it. Sometimes he rolled out several hundred feet of

wire and walked along next to it, dowsing with a pendulum or a

pair of rods to find an exact length. Later he found out that if he

had calculated these lengths according to scientific formulas from

electronics or antennae theories, he would have come up with ex-actly the same measurements.

It is difficult to explain to a skeptic how and why information

gleaned from dowsing could correspond precisely to any set of



❍ 194 ❍


mathematical calculations. Scientists reject metaphysics, and meta-

physicians often put scientists down. Both camps seem to feel that

the other side is working with a completely different set of prin-

ciples, when ultimately it is all one and the same thing.

Clairvoyance There are several different types of clairvoyants. Visual clairvoy-

ants see colors and auras all of the time, as a matter of course. Some

visual clairvoyants see forms and objects, which they can describe

quite clearly and accurately in ordinary terms. Once in a while, aclairvoyant will have a bit of difficulty finding just the right word to

explain something. With time and a little conversation back and

forth, they can fine tune their descriptions and accurately describe

phenomena that can be verified with scientific instruments and

known laws of physics.

There are also clairaudient individuals who receive their infor-

mation through sound. The cubit measurements used in the con-struction of the tools are each associated with a very specific wave-

length or frequency. Trained clairaudients are sensitive enough to

actually hear the sound frequencies coming from the Light-Life™

Tools.

There is a third type of psychic or clairvoyant: these people

receive very clear mental image pictures. When they close their

eyes, they can see images on an internal visual screen almost like a TV screen. They can describe these images in detail. Much of what

they see with their inner vision can be confirmed with scientific

instruments or through direct observation.

Advanced quantum or light-level physics formulas define

subtle energy phenomena. E=mc2 is a formula expressing an es-

sential spiritual concept. Some of the top scientific laboratories

in the country employ known and gifted individuals to confirmor assist in the development of new technology. And now there

are even computer programs that can translate information com-

ing through spirits on the other side. Even many of the toughest,



❍ 195 ❍


old, hard scientists understand how valuable it is to team up with

a good psychic or clairvoyant.

The renowned and respected scientist, Valerie Hunt, has con-

tributed important research into the human aura involving clair-

voyant feedback. In her work, instruments were used to measure

the electric and magnetic fields of the human aura. These fields

were pre-located and pre-described by clairvoyants.

Slim says a good psychic is worth more than a million-dollar

laboratory. Understanding how things work comes much more

quickly, especially if the psychic has training in scientific methods

and the language of science.

Scientific Research Into DowsingSome of the scientific research done on dowsing indicates that the

brain waves of the dowser are coming from both alpha and theta

levels simultaneously. On a graph, large signals at both the theta

and alpha levels indicate that the dowser is receiving “transcenden-tal” information through a “sixth” sense while simultaneously re-

ceiving normal input through normal vision and normal waking

consciousness mode. For example, a dowser walks along with his

dowsing rods in search position looking for a water vein. At the

same time, he is fully aware of his surrounding environment and

maybe even able to carry on a conversation describing what he is

doing and answering questions, if need be.Because he is also operating from the theta level, he is able to

pick up other wavelengths and remain tuned enough for the rods

to detect whatever he is dowsing. For the most part, dowsers are

balanced people who know how to walk in two worlds at the same

time and receive information from both the seen and the unseen

realms. Enough dowsing research has been done in the last fifty

years to lead to a better understanding of the art and nullify the“woo-woo” factor or the mystery.

Dowsing is no longer viewed as a strange art or a strange abil-

ity, and anyone can learn to dowse. Some develop the ability to a



❍ 196 ❍


higher degree than others, but, like anything else, not everyone

can be a star.

Good dowsers become known for their successes and the qual-

ity of their work, and only rarely do they fail to find the object of

their search. A Swiss man who took one of Slim’s workshops a few

years ago is a perfect example of what this means. After a year of

practice this gentleman attended a second workshop, and it gave

him a chance to demonstrate his progress. Standing with his back

to an unmowed field of grass, he asked one of the participants toss

a coin out into the field.

Turning to face the field, he located the direction of the coin with his rods, and he walked along that straight line into the tall

grass. As he arrived at the spot where the coin was hiding, the dows-

ing rods opened “right on the money.” He picked it up and dis-

played it proudly for the rest of the group to see. This is “good

dowsing,” and with practice and experience, anyone who wants to

do it, can.

Dowsing could be classified as a metaphysical “sport” in thesense that the dowser is detecting energy fields or movements of

energy in a specific location. There are electronic devices with the

potential to do what a dowser does, but most of them are not sen-

sitive enough. Research and experimentation have been done to

create electronic equipment that can detect subtle energies.

Electronic dowsing rods exist, and these are basically mind-

linked machines with electronic circuits powered by batteries orsolid-state equipment. They have a high level of sensitivity and are

almost 100 percent accurate when it comes to locating buried trea-

sure, water or mineral veins, missing objects, or unknown objects.

Hans Becker developed the electronic dowsing rods, and Slim has

witnessed what they can do. Hans’s accounts of finding diamond

rings, gold coins, silver coins, and numerous lost objects can be

easily validated. He conducted this research out of an interest inelectronics and the physics of electronics.

A good dowser can accomplish the same thing without the elec-

tronic interface. Considering dowsing as a metaphysical activity,



❍ 197 ❍


the “meta” prefix simply means that there is no instrument involved.

The person doing the dowsing and reading the rods is actually the

scientist and the instrument all in one. The word science derives

from the Greek word, scious, which means, “to know.” If a dowser

“knows” something, he is reliable because every cell in his body

knows it. Sometimes when a physicist says he knows something, he

can only refer to a text for verification.

These levels of knowing are different. The physicist may be

describing something that someone else discovered and that he read.

There is a big difference between knowing something and having

read about it in a text.Sometimes scientists and physicists are true “knowers” and

gifted seers. It has never been Slim’s intention to discount science—

but he does feel justified in raising a few cautionary flags about the

total reliability of science. Many of the hard-core, academic scien-

tists he has had occasion to deal with are so limited by what they

think they know that the truth escapes them.

More on ClairvoyanceSome clairvoyants can see into the future. This ability prompts

them to suggest what changes might be made to existing technol-

ogy. In certain situations they can even make drawings and dia-

grams of technologies that do not exist as yet in physical form.

Slim’s background as a scientist, a technician, an artist, and a vi-sionary makes it easier for him to accept the validity of this kind

of information. It may take hours, days, or weeks to accurately

translate what comes through the clairvoyant vision into a physi-

cal object, but these devices work, and they work in the way that

the psychic predicted.

Metaphysics has had a direct bearing on science and on some

of the technologies that have been developed over the last numberof years. Since the mid-eighties there has been a tremendous amount

of clairvoyant and psychic guidance.

When Slim talks about psychics he is not referring to the type



❍ 198 ❍


of seer who babbles on about Egyptian past lives or that sort of

thing. Ordinary psychics who read your mind or tell you stories

about various incarnations have their place, but these are not the

people Slim is drawn to work with. He is talking about individuals

who have the ability to give very specific information and express it

in scientific terms. A really gifted psychic can offer guidance that

proves to be applicable over many, many years.

It may help to add here that many top-level scientists have highly

developed psychic perceptions of their own. This could have some-

thing to do with the fact that when people are out there on the

cutting edge of physics and science they sometimes cross over theline that separates the physical from the nonphysical and actually

pierce through “The Veil.”

An Early Vision Sitting in a Ring The first rings were developed a few weeks after Slim came out of

a near-death experience. He was left with feelings of confusion,and he found it hard to concentrate. One day it came to him that he

could use the ring field as an aid to calm his mind, focus his thoughts,

and reduce his thinking process to zero.

Even though the early ring prototypes were bipolar, he knew

that a column of light emanated from the positive side of each ring.

Having been in the practice of meditating back in the sixties, he

now placed a ring on the couch, positive side facing up. He sat down on it with the intention of calming his mind and going into a

meditation.

It took about fifteen or twenty minutes of sitting in the ring for

Slim to reach a point where there was nothing passing through his

mental center. From that still point, what came up from the deep-

est level of his being was the understanding that the ring technol-

ogy, if applied widely, would bring about peace on earth. Slim sensedthat this peace would be of a type and kind that the civilized world

had, as far as he knew, never seen.

What also came to him during this experience was an inner



❍ 199 ❍


knowing of who he was and what he was worth. He also learned

that his presence here had something to do with contributing to

the overall benefit of mankind and to civilization in general.

After this clear message, Slim wondered at it, because none of

this had ever occurred to him before. Neither had he given much

thought to or read anything about energy fields. But he realized

that somehow the state of mind he had reached that day had some-

thing to do with the energy field of the ring he was sitting in. “Peace”

is the word he used to describe it.

Slim looked at that idea. Wondering about the ramifications,

he had to ask himself, “Well, how could something like this oc-cur?” Only after ten or twelve years of research into the rings and

what they do is he beginning to understand what the answers to

that question might be.

In all of recorded history there has never been peace on this

planet. What Slim sees is that the healing effect of the ring tech-

nology has the potential to create a higher level of mental and spiri-

tual awareness. In the absence of pain and the absence of fear, peoplecould be free and clear enough to remember the true meaning and

purpose of their lives. With enough light shining on the darker

forces that keep us restricted and stuck, the space could open for

everyone to know and understand why they are here and how they

are connected to Source. If it is true that whatever is at the Source

is the embodiment of unity and oneness, then would peace not be

the result?During this meditation, part of the vision included seeing people

in leadership positions having access to and working with the ring

technology. An absence of fear and pain on their part would gener-

ate fewer laws, fewer restrictions, and no need for manipulation.

They could be more in tune with their constituents and have less

of a need to control them. With their mindset geared toward what

is beneficial to mankind, the money now being spent on armamentscould be put toward increasing productivity in agriculture and re-

storing lands poisoned by radioactivity and chemicals. It has al-

ready been shown that the ring technology and other technologies



❍ 200 ❍


can detoxify large areas quickly, even at chemical and metal sludge

dumping sites.

Slim figured out a long time ago that the Light-Life™ Tools

were created to be used beneficially, to bring about a more peaceful

world and a more peaceful civilization. Along with many others, he

imagines a world where the leadership has no need to use pain,

fear, punishment, or coercive methods. There are always going to

be situations that might require a violent response, but we already

know that even things of this nature can be defused quickly using

the Harmonizer technology.

The same tools that divert violent storm fronts can be employedto neutralize human violence. One set of circumstances is essen-

tially no different than the other. If you consider violent weather as

a toxic load in the environment, violence in human nature is just a

toxic load in the human system. Add the right frequencies and a

little light to any situation, and what would manifest destructively

gets transmuted into something else.

Credo Mutwa—PeaceNow that we have broached the subject of peace, it is appropriate

to talk about the trip that Slim made to South Africa in the spring

of 2000. At that time he had the opportunity to visit Credo Mutwa,

an internationally known holy man and a Zulu shaman. Now in his

seventies and well-known in Native American and metaphysicalcircles, he is one of only two surviving elder San Gomas in Africa.

With the exception of these two men, every one of the elder

San Gomas have been eliminated by the powers that be. It seems

that the ancient truths that the Zulu shamans have kept to them-

selves for over 3000 years hold evidence of things that the govern-

ments of the world prefer that the rest of us do not know. Until

recently, Credo has remained silent. But because he is acutely awarethat his life is in danger, he feels the time has come to share this

information or risk having it be lost forever. In the last few years,

Credo Mutwa has been speaking out about a lot of things.



❍ 201 ❍


During the time these two men spent talking together, they

went all over the map. When Slim took an Environmental Harmo-

nizer out of his pocket and put it on the table Credo commented,

“There’s nothing new under the sun!” It turns out that the Harmo-

nizer and related technologies have been known to the Zulu tribe

for approximately 3000 years. Credo told Slim that a device that

looked exactly like a Harmonizer was used to keep peace in the

community. It was mounted on top of the local king’s staff, and the

energy field from this instrument reflected the king’s benign na-

ture. He carried it through the village, speaking words of support

and praise to his people. The effect was so powerful that it brought about calmness and reconciliation wherever there was dissent or

dissatisfaction. And what the Zulu chiefs used to maintain peace in

the community, we are now using to reduce pollution and restore

harmony, not just to the environment, but also to the minds of the

people.

Credo told Slim that the Zulu women used devices that were

similar to the rings and the coils for healing and clearing purposes. After a battle, the women danced on the battlefield with these tools

to clear the negative energy left by the torment of the dead and

dying warriors. After this ritual, they drove a two-foot long iron

rod into the ground with a copper plate attached to it. This device

created an electromagnetic field or a battery that discharged what-

ever had not been exorcised by their dancing. This custom shows

how thin that fine line between physics and voodoo or magic canbe.

If it seems miraculous that such a simple technology could clean

up the Brown Cloud in Denver and clear the pollution in so many

other cities, we have to ask ourselves why we don’t believe things

like this are possible. And the next question would be, “Why don’t

the leaders of the world know a good thing when they see it?”

The government (read: the taxpayers) has spent an awful lot of money on air pollution control programs that just don’t work. Rules,

regulations, annual inspections, and other official ploys used to cre-

ate the impression that “something is being done” are all a ruse.



❍ 202 ❍


The advent of unleaded gasoline has done nothing but add to the

problem. Unleaded gasoline has more toxic materials in it than

leaded gas had. The MTBE and other chemical additives in un-

leaded fuel are not only extremely toxic, they also reduce gas mile-

age and increase fuel consumption. The only purpose unleaded gas

serves is to line the pockets of the corporations that produce it.

Slim’s discovery of the Harmonizer technology makes it easy to

eliminate automobile pollution after it exits the tailpipe. A couple

of Harmonizers were installed in Stamford, Connecticut, where

MTBE is produced and used in gasoline. Within a short period of

time, both the pollution levels and the crime rate dropped. Whenthe pollution levels are lowered and the full solar spectrum comes

through the atmosphere, the effect on the human mind is uplift-

ing. When people are not driven by fear, pain, or anger, it changes

things considerably at the planetary level.

When a Harmonizer unit was placed in the Colorado State

House for a few months, the legislation that was passed during that

period was a lot more rational and beneficial than what is in the works today. If you place a Harmonizer on the table in any board-

room where difficult issues are being discussed, problems seem to

resolve themselves and the people involved have an easier time

understanding each other.

This is the connection between physics and metaphysics.

Knowledge is power. And when the knowledge of physics and math

is used constructively, the metaphysics of communal, human, andenvironmental interaction can be improved considerably. The

grassroots group of individuals who at their own expense have pur-

chased Slim’s tools and kept them running have produced tremen-

dous benefits within their families and for their communities. There

are countless field reports that have come in from people all over

the world attesting to the positive changes they have witnessed in a

multitude of circumstances. The more people know about theLight-Life™ Tools, the more likely it will be that Slim’s seminal

vision of peace on earth will be a reality.



❍ 203 ❍


Comments from Drunvalo Melchizedek This book comes to a close with commentary from someone who

has known and worked with Slim for a long time. The following

are excerpts from a 1996 interview with Drunvalo Melchizedek

conducted by the publishers of the Leading Edge Newspaper , Diana

and Kenneth Burke.

Drunvalo is a big-hearted, gentle man who “walked into” his

adult physical body in 1972, and who retains full memory through

different lifetimes and varying dimensions of consciousness. He

is an accomplished scientist, physicist, inventor, healer, (artist),

and teacher. His main purpose in coming to our 3-D world at

this time is to help Earth’s people to make a smooth transition

through the upcoming Shift of the Ages.”

Here’s what Drunvalo had to say about Slim’s work.

We’re about to implement a cleansing program for the world . .. if the secret government will allow us, and they’re saying that

they will . . . the program is remarkable. We have figured out

how to erase all the pollution off the planet . . . to heal the planet

back to the way it was 1000 years ago, and we can do this in less

than a year . . . Hopefully people, when they watch their planet

go back into cleanliness, will respond by not wishing to continue

doing what they’ve been doing to recreate it all over again. Wecan keep it clean. We have learned how.

. . . We are about to implement this here on Earth. We’ve gotten

permission now, and we did a lot to make certain that we have

permission on every level (of spirit). We have a simple technology.

It runs on 10 milliwatts of power, which is almost nothing. It needs

only a tiny 12-volt battery, but with this little device we recently finished cleaning up the entire city of Denver. Denver was the

most polluted city in the United States. It’s now one of the cleanest.

You can go there and see a bug on the horizon . . . it’s so clean!



❍ 204 ❍


Two years ago a group of scientists . . . set up a tiny machine that

creates a tube-torus 35 miles in diameter. All they did was play

the waveform of a cloud into the air. What it does is it cleans all

of the pollutants in the sky. It brings rain. It raises the water

table. It also dropped the crime rate by 1 percent. It’s very com-

plex and I can’t get into all of it now. There’s much more to it. It

has to do with the geopathic lines that run through Denver. There

are six of them. They had to be mapped.

We’re going to train people to do this and clean up different

areas. We’re talking with Egypt about cleaning up Giza and Cairo,

both of which are very dirty. We believe that if it was imple-

mented in the right area, almost overnight (it actually takes less

than 90 days to do the major part of it), all the skies of the world

would be clean. Then we can go to the oceans. Next we can go

into the ozone and heal the ozone. Then we can go into the

Earth and actually transmute the poison toxins and the uranium

and everything into helpful Earthly elements and restore theEarth to the way it was before. We know how to do this.

Leading Edge: Did your angels give you the information to build

this device?

Drunvalo: No. This was one of the people I used to work with

who built it. He took the information of sacred geometry andput it into tiny little coils.

There is a tall, skinny angel disguised as a cowboy out in Colorado

who never stops wondering about what is possible. f all of us went

into our hearts and asked what it was we really wanted for this planet,

we would find that Slim Spurling’s vision is not that much different

than our own. His life has been devoted to finding a way to createpeace on Earth. Forty-two years of research have brought that dream

to life and made it real. Now it’s up to us to pay attention and use

this technology the way it was intended.



❍ 205 ❍


ACKNOWLEDGMENTSBy Slim Spurling

To give credit to every person and source of knowledge contained

in this book is a near impossible task, so I will name those whom I

can recall and honor in my heart those whose names, but not faces,

have faded from memory.

For their unswerving and unfailing support of the conventional

wisdoms of society, against which I was obliged by Nature to proveunsound or false, I owe the deepest thanks to my parents, William

and Margaret Spurling, and to my grandparents, Art and Hilda

Thompson. To my grandfather, Edwin Spurling, I owe my eclectic

studies, love of the Native Americans, and my love of horses and

nature.

In my 20 years of formal education there are a few names among

the hundreds of instructors whose names I can even recall. My fifthgrade teacher, Margaret Patterson, whose drumbeat phrase, “Just

try to be average,” still rouses me to anger. Paul Eccker, my sev-

enth and eighth grade science instructor, who allowed me to read

library books in class because I had read and understood the

semester’s text by the end of the first week of class and could always

answer his questions when called on.

In high school the toughest, and my favorites, were: history teacher Frances (Frannie) Klein, who demanded original analysis

of the text in long essays; Latin teacher (whose face I can remem-

ber, but whose name escapes me), who flunked me the first year



❍ 206 ❍


and challenged me to return for the next year, which I passed with

honors; Brother Norbert, of the teaching Order of the Christian

Brothers, who told me to “shut up and sit down,” then threatened

me with his fist, when I expounded an insight which “wasn’t dogma”

in religion class at the Mullen School for Boys. From him I learned

that political correctness is not necessarily a virtue.

Between high school and college I had two years of active duty

in the Navy Reserve; to those very practical-minded instructors a

great deal is owed. To the captain of Buckley Naval Air Station in

Denver, Colorado, and the “higher powers” who/which determine

human destiny, I owe my very life, and my introduction to themysteries of metaphysics. It was at this time that I began to get the

first inkling that some power beyond the human might possibly be

at work in my life. Subsequent events have brought this into clearer

focus.

To my professors in the botany department: Dr. Clarke

Livingston, Dr. H.D. Harrington, Dr. Lawrence Durrell, Dr.

Osama, Dr. Knight, and others whose names have faded but not their faces nor their contributions and honor. To these men I owe

the depth of knowledge and powers of observation gained, as they

were experimenters and not just academics.

To the professors in the English department, who challenged

relentlessly in pursuit of creativity and original inquiry, and espe-

cially to the Dean of the English department, who flunked me with-

out explanation on five consecutive final exams and allowed me tofind for myself the true meaning of political correctness. To this

man I owe the singular honor of strengthening my will to refuse a

diploma at the graduation ceremonies. I owe an especial thanks to

the Angel of Self-Control, who kept me from dropping him out

the third floor window on his head, even though I had him by the

throat.

To Professor Frye of the chemistry department, for his clearexpositions, and to the Dean of the chemistry department, who

approved a research proposal and allowed me to have a key to the

building so I could go to the lab before and after hours, and thus



❍ 207 ❍


complete an original inquiry into the nature of a particular plant

pigment.

To Dr. Drake, industrial arts, who taught the Welding and Forg-

ing Lab class. He encouraged my fascination with the art of

blacksmithing, while insisting that it was a dead art and blacksmiths

were no longer needed. Thanks to him, I enjoyed a 20-year career

as a full-time blacksmith and taught the art to 60 men. To a Samu-

rai swordsmith who told one of my students, Steve Rollert, “You

do not need to apprentice to me, all you need is practice; you learned

from a Master.”

To the memory of two truly noble men: old time Rancher andshaman Leland Cox, who was a second father to me, counselor and

teacher of the “medicine way” of our native people; and to Grand-

father Wallace Black Elk, medicine man of the Lakota people, who,

on one occasion, appeared in the flesh, answered every question I

had never asked him about the medicine ways, in one twelve hour

conversation, and disappeared into the night.

To Bill Reid, friend, counselor, alchemist, metallurgist, whoreintroduced me to the world of experimental science after a twenty-

year hiatus, and with whom I shared many enjoyable years of re-

search into the nature of “subtle energies.” He is to be honored for

his discovery of the alchemy for incorporating the precious metals

into the very molecular structure of silk.

To Bob and Sue Miller, who were the two clairvoyants who

suggested connecting the ends of a copper cable and were able tosee the “light” of the energy field formed above the plane of the

first ring and participate in several hours of experiments conducted

at that time. They gave us the necessary initial data to enable fol-

low up experiments and discoveries.

To the many gifted “sensitives,” clairvoyants, clairaudients,

kinesthetics, visionaries, friends, students and associates who

have volunteered their time and abilities to expand the under-standing of the “energies” produced by the Light-Life™ Tech-

nologies and how these “energies” affect living systems and non-

living systems.



❍ 208 ❍


To Hans Becker, for his unstinting willingness to share infor-

mation, test hypotheses, open-mindedness, mentoring, eclectic

knowledge of both technical and esoteric science, and ability to put

ideas into hardware. He has given freely of his time, knowledge

and laboratory facilities to test the Light-Life™ Technologies and

advance our understanding to a tremendous degree.

To my former wife, Jeanne Dulaney, with whom I shared

the discovery of what the Light-Life™ Technology can do for

humanity, and who named it. Her courage and patience sustained

me through some truly desperate times. She truly walks her own

path. To Katharina, my wife, whose unfailing energy, organization,

business skills and acumen have made this book possible. Her love

and support, constant good nature, smile and laughter have brought

great joy to this old hillbilly. Katharina shares with me the vision of

a clean planet, free of toxins, which the Light-Life™ Technology

can accomplish. Truly, she is my Guardian Angel . . . miracles mani-

fest in her presence. To Lonnie Anderson, Dave Hampton, and Stan Ricketts, for

their loyalty and dedication to me personally, their commitment to

the technology, innovations in the production shop and to the early

success of the business, which shall not go unrewarded in greater

measure than heretofore possible. We’ve shared good times and

bad, and weeded out a few bad characters along the way.

To Cal Garrison, who has willingly undertaken a daunting task—somewhat akin to sorting wildcats by hand—in translating my mix

of science, anecdote, hillbilly logic, and seemingly unrelated histo-

ries, into a book which can be enjoyed by both scientist and layman

alike. Cal has become a good friend and an excellent researcher

with the tools.

To Drunvalo Melchizedek, good friend and supporter who has

witnessed the power of the tools, introduced them to his vast network of students, taken the technology to distant lands and sees

the value of them to the planet and its people. He was also instru-

mental in taking me and the technology to Mexico City to help the



❍ 209 ❍


citizens there with the terrible air pollution. Thank you, Dru, for

your friendship and support over these many years.

To all of my distributors. I wish to thank them for the contri-

bution they have made toward getting the Light-Life™ Tools out

into the world. Their enthusiasm and support are vital to the work

at hand, and to the greater vision of a clean planet.

To everyone who has ever attended one of my workshops. I

salute all of them for having the wisdom to look for answers “out-

side the box” and for putting those answers to work in their com-

munities.

And finally to the Reader and the Cosmic Force which impelledhim/her to take the book off the shelf.



❍ 210 ❍


BIBLIOGRAPHY

AIDS: Biological Warfare, Lt. Col. T.E. Bearden (ret.) (1988); Tesla

Book Company, P.O. Box 1649, Greenville TX 75401.

Allergies & Candida, with the Physicists Rapid Solution, 3rd Edi-

tion.

The Awesome Life Force, Joseph H. Cater (1984); Life Science Insti-tute.

Beyond Super Nature, Lyall Watson (1988); Bantam Books. ISBN

0-553-344-56-0.

The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life, Rob-

ert O. Becker, MD and Gary Selden; Morrow & Company, Inc.,105 Madison Ave., New York NY 10016. ISBN 0-688-06971-1.

The Bridge to Infinity: Harmonic 371244, Bruce Cathie (1983); Quark

Enterprises/Brookfield Press.

The Calcium Factor: The Scientific Secret of Health and Youth, Robert

R. Bearfoot and Carl J. Reich, MD (1992); Bocar Consultants, Inc.,P.O. Box 21270, Wickenburg AZ 85358. ISBN 0-963-3703-2-4.

NOTE: Most important book on health reviewed in last ten years.



❍ 211 ❍


Chaos , James Gleick (1988); Penguin Books, 40 W. 23rd Street,

New York NY 10010. ISBN 0-14-00-9250-1.

Contact With Space: Oranur 2nd Report, 1951-1956; Orop Desert

EA, 1954-1955 , William Reich (1957); Core Pilot Press, New

York NY.

Cosmic Orgone Engineering , Wilhelm Reich, MD (1954); OrgoneInstitute, Orgonon, PO Box 53, Rangeley ME.

Cosmology Notes , July 29, 1991; GH Labs, Newark NJ.

Decarboxylation Metal Degradation Through Cofusion, John C.

Wagner.

The Discovery of the Orgone, Wilhelm Reich (1948).

The Divine Triplet , Dale Pond; www.svpvril.comdalebibliobks.html#Books.

Dowsing for Everyone, Harvey Howells (1979); Stephen Greene

Press, Brattleboro VT. ISBN 0-8289-0341-7 (hardback), 0-8289-

0342-5 (paperback).

Ether, God and Evil , Wilhelm Reich (1949).

Etheric Formative Forces in Cosmos, Earth and Man: A Path of Investi-

gation into the World of the Living , Dr. Guenther Wachsmuth (1932);

translated from the second German edition by Olin D. Wannama-

ker, New York. Vol. 1. Anthroposophical Publishing Company,

London; Anthroposophic Press, New York.

Genesis Revisited , Zecharia Sitchin (19TK); Avon.

http://www.svpvril.comdalebibliobks.html/#Books







❍ 212 ❍


Gravitational Wave and Planetary Alignment Correspondences . A syn-

opsis of the cooperative findings of Bill Ramsay and Nick Anthony

Fiorenzat at the International Symposium on New Energy in Den-

ver, Colorado in May of 1994, Rev. 1.0.1 (copyright 1994); Argo

Navis Inc.

Gravitobiology, Lt. Col. T.E. Bearden (ret.) (1991); Tesla Book Com-

pany, P.O. Box 121873, Chula Vista CA 91912; 800-398-2056. Li-

brary of Congress Catalog Card Number 86-50553, ISBN 0-

914119-07-9.

Gravity Wave Analysis , papers by Nick Fiorenza; Argo Navis Inc.,

2888 Bluff St. Suite 474, Boulder CO 80301.

Hermes Unveiled , Roy Norville (1986); Ashgrove Press Ltd. 19 Cir-

cus Place. Bathe, Avon, England UK BA1-2PW. ISBN 0-906-798-

73-6 (paperback).

The Holographic Universe, Michael Talbot (1974); Harper Perenni-

al, div. of HarperCollins Publishers, Inc. 10 E. 53rd Street, New

York NY 10022.

Initiation, Elizabeth Haich (1974); Seed Center, Palo Alto CA ISBN

0-916108-04-X.

Implosion: The Secret of Viktor Schauberger , compiled by Tom Brown

(rel. March 1, 1990); Borderland Sciences, P.O. Box 429, Garber-

ville CA 95440-0429.

Listen Little Man, Wilhelm Reich (1948).

Measuring Gravity, Alastair Couper and Bill Ramsay. Notes andexperiments based on the work of Brown, Hodowanec and Ramsay

at Rex Research, P.O. Box 19250, Jean NV 89019.



❍ 213 ❍


Occult Ether Physics: Tesla’s Hidden Space Propulsion System and The

Conspiracy to Conceal It , William Lyne (Second Revised Edition 1997/

1998); William R. Lyne, New Mexico 87540. 505-466-3022.

The Oranur Experiment , Wilhelm Reich (1947, 1951).

Preliminary Rodin Style Coil Findings , Bill Ramsay, independent re-

searcher, 251 Asa Hall Rd., Iva SC 29655. 864-296-3200.

Raum und Zeit , Ehler Verlag; w ww.raum-energie-forschung.de.

Reich, Wilhelm; all titles avail. from Orgone Institute,

www.orgone.org/publish/pubxorgr20-49.htm.

Thoughts Upon Reading Macro Rodin’s Aerodynamics , Alastair Couper

(copyright 1996).

Towards a Science of Healing, Vol. 1, Professional Stephen Rochllitz(1991); Human Ecology Balancing Sciences, Inc. P.O. Box 737,

Mahopac NY 10541. ISBN 0-945-262-20-5 (hardcover), 0-945-

262-21-0 (softcover). NOTE: Very, very important .

Transverse Paraphysics: The New Science of Space, Time, and Gravity

Control , J.G. Gallimore; Tesla Book Company, P.O. Box 121873,

Chula Vista CA 91912; 800-398-2056. Library of Congress Cata-log Card Number 82-50823, ISBN 0-9603536-4-X.

The Universal Unified Field Law and the Law of Universal Creation of

Mass and Energy, A.D. Sarantites (1963).

http://www.raum-energie-forschung.de/


http://www.orgone.org/publish/pubxorgr20-49.htm

http://www.orgone.org/publish/pubxorgr20-49.htm




❍ 214 ❍


INDEX

Acu-Vac Coil 42, 107, 125, 129–130, 134, 152, 155 Acupressure Tool 139agricultural 68, 70, 161–162, 165, 170

Agricultural Harmonizer (See Harmonizer: Agricultural)air pollution 31, 41, 43, 53, 140–175, 201, 209

Ammonia Event 51–53, 181anthrax 34, 190, 192

Becker cubit (See cubit: Becker)Becker, Hans 45, 61–62, 64, 104, 117, 134, 196, 208biofeedback 63blacksmithing 23–26, 33, 180, 207Bloch Wall 128Brown Cloud 31, 41, 142, 149, 155–156, 201Bushman, Boyd 45, 62

caduceus coil 39, 45, 50, 58, 108Cairo 152–153, 204Callahan, Phillip 68Cathie, Bruce 104, 181, 210chemtrails 138–139Chesapeake Bay 165–166Christ Consciousness 121–122clairvoyance 75, 194, 197clairvoyant 39, 51, 57, 59, 67, 75, 80, 83, 110, 126, 133, 141–142,

171, 187–198, 207Cloud Buster 31, 39, 41, 131conductivity 63–64



❍ 215 ❍


cubit 78, 101–175, 181, 194Becker 117–118“forbidden” 117Lost 96, 116–122, 129, 139, 170

Remen 104Royal 101, 103, 117Sacred 101, 103–104, 111–116, 117, 119, 121–122, 128, 129,

170, 181

Denver 31, 35, 39, 41, 43, 50, 67, 80, 82–83, 89, 91, 142, 144,146–152, 153–155, 157, 167–168, 185, 190, 201, 203, 206,212

dowse 30, 37, 42, 53, 71, 79, 87, 90, 195

dowser 30, 38, 71, 74–76, 81, 195–197dowsing 30–31, 37, 71–98, 187–189, 193, 195–197, 211

effect negative 42, 51, 53–55, 126positive 41–44, 59, 62, 64, 79, 126, 146, 164psychological 159

Einstein 40, 49, 60, 107, 183–184

El Rancho 25energy field 44, 52, 59–60, 66–68, 72, 76, 87, 104, 107–110,

147–151, 154, 196, 199, 201, 207energy work 113, 130, 134environmental clearing 32, 35, 39, 43, 79, 81, 167Environmental Clearing CD (or audio tape) 44, 157–158, 160,

185, 192Environmental Harmonizer (See Harmonizer: Environmental)

Ether (or Etheric) 182–187, 189, 190, 211, 213

Feedback Loop 42, 62, 75, 132–135“forbidden” cubit (See cubit: “forbidden”)



❍ 216 ❍


free energy 109, 111Front Range 147, 153

Garrison, Cal 9, 14, 208

gas 37, 52, 72, 81, 115, 124, 156, 158, 165, 181, 202geopathic stress 38, 71–98, 113, 187–192Giza 153, 204gold 36, 50, 123–125, 168, 196Golden Fault 147, 154, 155gravitational wave 12, 107, 127, 154, 168, 187, 212Gray, Philip 164Great Pyramid 68, 103, 119, 128, 153grid lines 73, 78, 189

hands-on healing 112, 130Harmonizer 13, 35, 42–44, 53, 57, 62, 75, 140–174, 185–186,

192, 200–202 Agricultural 44, 160–167, 170Environmental 96, 136, 148, 169–170, 172, 192, 201Personal 169

Hartmann grid 78, 96, 189

health-related 113hurricane 116, 165

Institute for New Science 156–157

Jackson, Peter (also Pete) 68–69, 162, 165–167

Kervran, Louis 106, 158

King’s Chamber 68, 103

Light-Life™

Ring 42, 50–51, 78, 101, 107, 117



❍ 217 ❍


Technology 35–36, 39, 46–48, 164–165, 208 Tools 10, 13, 30, 43–46, 49, 63, 70, 75, 97–98, 99–174, 179,

181, 194, 200, 202, 209Lost Cubit (See cubit: Lost)

Maxwell 183–187 Melchizedek, Drunvalo 4, 11, 45–46, 146, 203, 208metaphysics 9, 35, 43, 59, 71, 175–213, 206

Mexico 75, 162, 208, 213 Müller, Dr. Hartmut 107, 127, 154 Mutwa, Credo 200

National Marine Fisheries Department 166

near-death experience 146, 180–182, 198negative effect (See effect: negative)negative frequencies 31, 37, 71–73, 79–82, 90–92, 95–98, 188–

190neter 101–102, 119new science 127New Zealand 45, 62, 164Northridge Quake 146–147

Nose Mask 136–139

paramagnetism 68–70, 162Personal Harmonizer (See Harmonizer: Personal)

pfisteria 165physics 12, 31, 36, 45, 59, 60, 62, 71, 108, 127, 129, 145, 154,

175–213, 213Plain Jane 123

Pond, Dale 40, 127, 211positive effect (See effect: positive)psychological effect (See effect: psychological)puffball 34, 189–192



❍ 218 ❍


Pyramid Inch 103

quantum leap 108, 113quantum physics 2, 26, 43, 109, 141, 184

R-2 units 152radionics equipment 112Ramsey graph 183Reid, Bill 35–44, 77, 80, 82, 132, 191, 207Remen Cubit (See cubit: Remen)resonance 101, 119, 147, 154resonant frequency 45, 62, 104, 107, 118–119, 122Rolf Institute 44, 57

Royal Cubit (See cubit: Royal)

Sacred Cubit (See cubit: Sacred)sacred geometry 12, 136, 153, 204science 9, 21, 27, 31, 35–37, 39, 59, 68, 78, 108, 158, 168, 175–

204, 205–209, 210, 213scientist 3, 9, 10, 27, 36, 40, 44, 45, 57, 62, 70, 107, 110, 119,

127, 177–204, 208

silver 36, 50, 123–125, 168, 196Sitchin, Zecharia 183, 211Smith, Wilbert 39Solar Cross 153solar spectrum 159–160, 202spectral influence 159speed of light 62, 104, 118, 177standing gravitational wave 107, 127, 154

standing wave 188superconductivity 110, 155superconductor 42, 45, 62, 109, 157



❍ 219 ❍


tensor (also tensor field) 53, 60–71, 104, 107, 109, 118, 124, 129,131, 140, 151

Tesla, Nikola 125, 154transmutation 52, 106, 158

ultraviolet 58, 64unified field 25, 33, 72, 76, 108, 110, 184, 213universal law 127universal solvent 158

weatherbad 116severe 115–116



❍ 220 ❍


IX-EL, INC.MANUFACTURER ANDPRIMARY DISTRIBUTIONPO Box 179Frederick CO 80530tel 303-833-9033

fax 303-833-9013 [email protected]

AFRICASOUTH AFRICA

Anthea Torr Capstadt

[email protected]

ASIA JAPANKanjuro Saito11-16, Kiyosumimachi

Akita-City, Akita-ken,0100831tel/fax 018-836-5195

[email protected]

AUSTRALIA & PACIFICAUSTRALIA( see Philip Grey , New Zealand,

our only authorized distribu-tor for this area)

NEW ZEALANDPhilip Grey [Greyheron]Earth Talk PO Box 187, Paihia, 0252Bay of Islands, NorthlandNew Zealandtel 64-9-402-7886mobile 021-178-6595

[email protected]

SOUTH AMERICAVENEZUELAEric EkvallCaracastel 58-2-751-3795fax 58-2-751-7621

[email protected]

LIGHT-LIFE™ TOOLS

AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS


mailto:info@ixelgroup

mailto:[email protected]








mailto:info@ixelgroup




❍ 221 ❍


EUROPEAUSTRIA(see Germany)

FRANCEB’Harmony 40, rue Damrémont 75018 Paristel 33-06-25-27-08-80fax [email protected]

www.b-harmony.com/ slimspurling-france/

index.htm

GERMANY Michael Kaffl Am Kirchsteig 2986928 Hofstettentel 08196-934895fax 08196-9989-488

[email protected] www.innovativeprodukte.com

SWEDEN Jane Flyman Jyotirmat ABBox 291, 826 91 Söderhamntel/fax 270-417-10

[email protected]

SWITZERLAND(see Germany)

NORTH AMERICACANADAAlbertaLenore GervaisCalgary tel [email protected]

www.meadowsmassageday spa.com

USAArkansasKayse Williamstel [email protected]

Arizona Tessie Rinehart McCabe

tel (shop) 520-556-0018tel/fax [email protected]

Spirit of Ma’atDianne Cooper tel [email protected]

www.spiritofmaat.com


http://www.b-harmony.com/slimspurling-france/index.htm




http://www.innovativeprodukte.com/




http://www.meadowsmassagedayspa.com/





http://www.spiritofmaat/

http://www.spiritofmaat/









http://www.innovativeprodukte.com/








❍ 222 ❍


CaliforniaStephen Quong PO Box 578San Ramon, CA 94583

tel 925-244-9141fax [email protected]

www.jyotisha.com

Sue Hayes Mill Valley tel 415-383-5368

ColoradoShair Billger Florrisant tel [email protected]

www.sharibillger.com

Karen R. King

La Fayettetel 303-665-0175

IllinoisCrystal Life Technology

Atala Dorothy Toy 418 Horne St.St. Charles IL 60174

tel/fax 630-443-9101tel/fax [email protected]

www.crystal-life.com

North Carolina Vesica: Spirit and ScienceResourcesPO Box 27

Asheville, NC 28802tel [email protected]

www.vesica.org

PennsylvaniaDeb McComasDoylestowntel 215-345-1291

[email protected]

Rhode Island Judy LavinePO Box 16311Rumford, RI 02916tel 401-434-2120fax 309-401-7080

www.judylavine.com

TennesseeSource Book & Sacred Spaces

Jerry and Robin Miner Mt. Juliet tel [email protected]

www.sacredspaces.org


http://www.jyotisha.com/


http://www.sharibillger.com/


http://www.crystal-life.com/


http://www.vesica.org/


mailto:www.judylavine.com


http://www.sacredspaces.org/

http://www.sacredspaces.org/


mailto:www.judylavine.com


http://www.vesica.org/


http://www.crystal-life.com/


http://www.sharibillger.com/


http://www.jyotisha.com/




❍ 223 ❍


TexasSandee MacHoustonmobile 505-577-5775

VirginaPatty SwygertEarlysvilletel 804-973-3229fax [email protected]

Marie B. Allizon

Falls Churchtel [email protected]

VermontCal GarrisonPO Box 14

West Pawlet, VT 05775

tel [email protected]

WashingtonPenelope BellSeattletel [email protected]

Shakura [email protected]

www.ascending-star.com






http://www.ascending-star.com/

http://www.ascending-star.com/








QUICK ORDER FORM

! Fax orders: 303-833-9013

" Telephone orders: 877-239-0211

! Email orders: [email protected]

" Postal Orders IX EL P blishing LLC



Documents

Slim Spurling - Slims Universe(2004)